Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
BLD10-156
Permit Query Monday August 9, 2010 09:31 a (is , non? =n .& ca NY A& wt Le CA AD nn . Bopy-1Sb “ce Page | of 1 Application Appl Status Permit . Rpa Acct Parent F % Submitted || Approved Reissue |} Expiration Reporting Contact Contractor No Type Type Frm Applicant Name No Application No Project Name Street Addr Dt Dt Issued Dt Dt Dt Closed Dt Group Search Search Search BLDOO-184 ||FINALED —_||LEG-BLD_ || SPERRY BILL 969907601 NRO COLOR UNG AELEY laa KEARNEY ST 09/27/2000 |}11/06/2000 11/21/2000 08/06/2001 peD00-184R- | EINALED LEG-BLD | SPERRY BILL 969907601 BUILD ARBOR 414 KEARNEY ST 01/19/2001 }}01/19/2001 |}01/25/2001 08/06/2001 BLDO1-060 |[COMPLETED |[LEG-BLD |[FOOD CO-OP 969907601 TYPE I KITCHEN HOOD 414 KEARNEY ST 03/23/2001 [03/23/2001 |[03/27/2001 BLD01-063 |[COMPLETED |[LEG-BLD ||[FooD Co-op 969907601 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM [414 KEARNEY ST 03/28/2001 [03/28/2001 |[04/02/2001 BLDO1-142. |[COMPLETED |[LEG-BLD ||FooD Coop 969907601 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 414 KEARNEY ST 06/14/2001 l[o6/14/2001 l[06/21/2001 BLD04-264 || FINALED LEG-BLD ||Foop coop 969907601 WINDSCREEN 414 KEARNEY ST 09/30/2004 [09/30/2004 || 10/26/2004 08/06/2009 E ) a aa) el e BLD10-156 PENDING —||BL>-©°M | Eo0p co-op 969907601 Co-Op Addition / Remodel 414 KEARNEY ST 08/02/2010 01/29/2011 BLD99-205 [COMPLETED |[LEG-BLD_ ||LAVIGNE DENNY 969907601 oe DOWN OVER EXISTING | 414 KEARNEY ST 10/11/1999 }}10/11/1999 }}10/11/1999 BLD99-210 || FINALED LEG-BLD |[LAVIGNE DENNY 969907601 RE-ROOF W/PARAPET WALL __ [414 KEARNEY ST 10/15/1999 10/15/1999 11/02/1999 BLD99-232 EXPIRED —|]LEG-BLD |S NIGNEPENNYP-& Hocooo7601 Ta: 414 KEARNEY ST 11/15/1999 DEL-LUPO7- ai DELETED __ ||LUP-TEMP||FOOD CO-OP 969907601 TEMPORARY USE 414 KEARNEY ST 07/30/2007 08/14/2007 DS NPOT DELETED || NP-PMT_ ||FOOD CO-OP 969907601 SANDWICH BOARD SIGN 414 KEARNEY ST 07/16/2007 01/12/2008 ]07/23/2007 JEFFERSON COUNTY TEMPORARY USE FOR UPTOWN LUPOI-055 [COMPLETED ||LEG-LUP eee ee ee eer 969907601 Loerie totes WATER/MADISON {16/08/2001 |lo6/o8/2001 |}07/16/2001 LUP07-079 [ISSUED LUP-TEMP |IN SEASON CATERING _ |[969907601 CATERING SERVICE AT CO-OP ||414 KEARNEY ST 07/16/2007 [07/19/2007 [07/19/2007 LUPO7-082 [ISSUED LUP-TEMP || SUTTLE ELIZABETH 969907601 FOOD VENDING AT CO-OP 414 KEARNEY ST 07/30/2007 [08/06/2007 [08/06/2007 LUP98-031A ||COMPLETED ||LEG-LUP_ |SPERRY WILLIAM 969907601 ac inca SGN BOARD 414 KEARNEY 07/28/2000 09/01/2000 MECO01-125 ||[COMPLETED ||LEG-MEC ||FooD Coop* 969907601 HEATER & PIPING 414 KEARNEY ST 1127/2001 [11/27/2001 [11/27/2001 MEC05-049 [ISSUED LEG-MEC |/FooD Co.0P 969907601 Move tank 414 KEARNEY 10/05/2005 |{10/05/2005 || 10/05/2005 MIP03-043 || FINALED LEG-MIP_ ||SPERRY BILL 969907601 INSTALL 2 CATCH BASINS 414 KEARNEY ST 04/15/2003 l[04/15/2003 [04/25/2003 12/15/2008 MIS00-028 [COMPLETED ||LEG-mis_ ||SPERRY WILLIAM 969907601 REMOVE SHEETROCK, ETC. [414 KEARNEY ST 07/28/2000 '07/28/2000 [07/28/2000 MIS99-048 [COMPLETED |[LEG-mIs_ [DENNY LAVIGNE 969907601 DEMO "TUTTLES" BLDG. 418 KEARNEY ST 1130/1999 [11/30/1999 |] 12/02/1999 REMODEL PLM00-009 ||COMPLETED ||LEG-PLM_ ||SPERRY BILL 969907601 AA PRCOMSATTCHEN 414 KEARNEY ST 10/24/2000 ||10/24/2000 |}10/27/2000 SDP00-058 || EXPIRED LEG-SDP_ ||SPERRY BILL 969907601 install curb/gutter/driveway 414 KEARNEY ST 10/04/2000 ||10/04/2000 {12/04/2000 SDP01-058 [EXPIRED LEG-SDP |[SPERRY BILL 969907601 IMPROVE JEFFERSON ST. 414 KEARNEY ST 10/24/2001 [10/24/2001 spP04-055 || EXPIRED LEG-SDP_ ||FOOD CO-OP 969907601 PLANTINGS/PATHWAY 414 KEARNEY ST 09/15/2004 l]o9/15/2004 [11/09/2004 SNPO1-010 [COMPLETED |/snp-pmT_ |[FOOD Co-oP 969907601 NEW MONUMENT SIGN 414 KEARNEY ST 03/07/2001 [03/07/2001 l[03/12/2001 SNP03-027 ||[COMPLETED |[sNP-PMT_ |[FOOD CO-OP 969907601 TWO WALL SIGNS 414 KEARNEY ST 04/25/2003 [04/25/2003 |[04/29/2003 http://permitserver:7778/forms/PermitAttachments/html_out/Permit%20Query.html 8/9/2010 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS RECORD CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND Development Services Department 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 POST THIS CARD IN A SAFE, CONSPICUOUS LOCATION. PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE UNTIL ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS ARE MADE AND SIGNED OFF BY THE APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY AND THE BUILDING IS APPROVED FOR OCCUPANCY. STAMPED APPROVED PLANS MUST BE AVAILABLE ON THE JOBSITE. PARCEL NO. 969907601 PERMIT NO. BLD10-156 ISSUED DATE 06/02/2011 EXPIRATION DATE 11/29/2011 ADDRESS 414 KEARNEY ST CONSTRUCTION TYPE V-B OCCUPANT LOAD OWNER FOOD CO-OP PROJECT DESCRIPTION Expand bathrooms, remodel kitchen, 456 s.f. addition for \ CONTRACTOR NORDLAND CONSTRUCTION LENDER INSPECTION INSP DATE COMMENT INSPECTION INSP DATE COMMENT coor OT i. Fochition, Wall oly ed SLAB aM Viol Second poor Chali FS FRAMING ED |So/ : PLUMBING SPECIAL SHEAR WALL INSULATION ASSVFATSL GWB ROOF NAILING sheet BLD-FINAL-MECH ¢X FINAL PUBLIC WORKS — FINAL PLANNING ae FIRE-FINAL L3/2 FINAL BLDG./C OF O ald TO REQUEST AN INSPECTION CALL (360) 385-2294. INSPECTION REQUESTS MUST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO 3:00 PM FOR NEXT DAY INSPECTION. vr Thomas L. Aumock Consulting Fire Code Inspector 2303 Hendricks Street, Port Townsend, WA 98368 Office : (360) 385-3938 Email: taumock@cablespeed.com _— Cell : (360) 643-0272 PLAN REVIEW MEMORANDUM To: Scottie Foster, Adm. Asst., City of Port Townsend Development Services Dept Fr: Tom Aumock, Consulting Fire Code Inspector, East Jefferson Fire & Rescu yo Dt: September 16, 2010 Re: BLD10-156: The Food Co-op , 414 Kearney Street, Port Townsend Cec: Fire Chief Gordon Pomeroy, East Jefferson Fire & Rescue The above-referenced proposal was reviewed by this plans examiner relative to the International Fire Code [I.F.C.], 2009 Edition, as amended by the Washington State Building Code Council, and City of Port Townsend Ordinance 2947, and City of Port Townsend Engineering Design Specifications. The following constitutes my findings and determinations based upon the plans of record submitted. Findings & Determinations: 1. The proposal was reviewed as a remodel and addition [460 SF] to a one-story occupancy with a total of 11,236 square feet with a Group M occupancy classification, and with a Type V-B construction classification. The total “fire area” with the project is 11,976 square feet. 2. Addressing for the proposal shall be consistent with the Municipal Code for size, and be in a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. Said numbers shall contrast with their background [I.F.C. Section 505]. 3. Road access for this proposal from Kearny Street is consistent with Ordinance 2947, and LF.C. Appendix D fire apparatus access road design standards. 4. Access to building openings is provided, and is consistent with the F.C. Section 504, which requires an approved access walkway leading from fire apparatus access road(s) to exterior openings, that are required by the Fire Code or Building Code. Even if the parking lot use would preclude Fire EV access, the entry doors are within the 150-foot proximity rule from Kearney Street. 5. An automatic fire suppression system (sprinklers) is not required under I.F.C. Section 903.2.7 as the “fire area” of the facility is less than 12,000 square feet. 6. An automatic fire detection alarm system or manual pull-stations are not required for this occupancy under IFC Section 907.2.7, as the calculated occupant load is 136 persons, which is less than the 500 threshold from Code. 7. Interior fire extinguisher sizing and placement shall meet or exceed IFC Section 906 and NFPA Standard 10, which requires a minimum rating of a 4-A:20-B:C fire extinguisher at the exit doors. An additional fire extinguisher with the same rating shall be provided at the remodeled bathrooms since the travel distance to the exit exceeds the maximum distance of Table 906.3[2]. 8. Fire flow and fire hydrant provision is from the existing fire hydrant at rranklin and Kearney Streets, which meets the required flow of 1,500 gallons per minute. This is an existing structure which does not fall under a new fire hydrant requirement to meet the proximity rule from Code. 9. This facility contains commercial kitchen appliances with a “Type I UL Hood”. An approved “K- Class” wet-chemical fire extinguisher is required for the kitchen facility. Should the Class K fire extinguisher not contain a “B” class rating, an additional 40-B:C dry-chemical type fire extinguisher shall be provided within the kitchen area for electrical-based fire protection. Any other applicable or relevant sections of said Code not covered herein shall nonetheless apply to this proposal. It is the recommendation of this consulting Fire Code Inspector that the proposal be approved subject to the aforesaid requirements. 1.5 hours was logged in the consult with City officials, plan review, site inspection, reporting, and filing of this permit application. PERMIT# BLD 10 ~ (ho ip CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND BLDG PERMIT ACTIVITY LOG DATE RECEIVED ¥%: 2: !O SCOPE OF WORK: Exfanb BaThkoens Kemedel Ki 1chEW 45D Awpitiea fee (omark-iht ELCEE ZEPC Coolere, STORAGE DATE ACTION INITIALS 6-2 ENTERED INTO CHET MW ¥ Do CHECKED FOR COMPLETENESS NW; Plan Review # Bedroom(s) = # Bath(s) = Heat Type: Cl (Cotadw TSD Ute € Una of \Wa\boreVicS. G -¢ lew Rehew Cum plix, Mir 4-3 “Talked 4 Adsl He LA som d comtuer Mi GB o. \FloOn Zow, Wer we tom 4. oe (o£ PLAN y) SEPTIC? Zoning: C-tl ; SetbacksOK? Ye s= Glode is adjacontte RA Zw bet not Lot Size: Capt quovs So @D Setba cics tor fut (ese t Side. Building Size: 12ee. Lot Coverage: ‘Max 40,000 grand f/ur. FAR OK? ep “ Height OK? Z Parking OK? Critical Area? __ . wie I> —neds Crm (Check Segre Tt {ema mae Impervious Aree Waive Surface limits la OS k 19.05.050D4(a) LUF10 4 Kec: Shorelines Nv ty K Ss For 7] g Jurisdiction? ° latin Demo? TS -e Historic Rev/ Design Rev? Notice to Title? Lots of Record? | y OL/ P:\DSD\Forms\General Use Forms\Activity Log Bldg Permit.doc July 12, 2010 BUILDING PERMIT City of Port Townsend Development Services Department 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 (360)379-5095 Project Information Permit # BLD10-156 Permit Type Commercial Addition Project Name EXPAND BATHROOMS, REMODEL Site Address 414 KEARNEY ST Parcel # KITCHEN, 456 SQ. FT. ADDITION FOR FREEZER, COOLER, & Project Description STORAGE 969907601 Expand bathrooms, remodel kitchen, 456 s.f. addition for walk-in freezer & cooler & storage Names Associated with this Project License Type Name Contact Phone # Type License # Exp Date Applicant Food Co-Op (360) 374-4090 Owner Food Co-Op Representative Williams Jim (360) 733-2581 Contractor Nordland Construction Tom Johnson 0 - CITY 602529765-1-1 08/31/2011 Contractor Nordland Construction Tom Johnson QO- STATE NORDLCN953° 11/17/2011 Fee Information Project Details Project Valuation $150,000.00 Entered Bid Valuation 150,000 DOLL PLAN REVIEW REFUND 150 -150.00 Tinits: Heat Type: PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 150.00 Helroons Construction Type: V - B Building Permit Fee 1,273.75 Bathrooms: Occupancy Type: M PRF-REV 50.00 Plan Review Fee 827.94 Technology Fee for Building Permit 25.48 State Building Code Council Fee 4.50 Record Retention Fee for Building 10.00 Permit Total Fees $ 2,191.67 *** SEE ATTACHED CONDITIONS *** Call 385-2294 by 3:00pm for next day inspection. Permits expire 180 days from issuance if work is not commenced, or if work is suspended for a period of 180 days. Work is verified by obtaining a valid inspection. The granting of this permit shall not be construed as approval to violate any provisions of the PTMC or other laws or regulations. I certify that the information provided as a part of the application for this permit is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I further certify that I am the owner of the property or authorized agent of the owner. Print Name _ TOM TJotwsenN Signature Date Issued: 06/02/2011 Issued By: SFOSTER Date Expires: | 1/29/2011 BUILDING PERMIT City of Port Townsend Development Services Department 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 (360)379-5095 Project Information Permit # BLD10-156 Permit Type Commercial Addition Project Name EXPAND BATHROOMS, REMODEL Site Address 414 KEARNEY ST Parcel # KITCHEN, 456 SQ. FT. ADDITION FOR FREEZER, COOLER, & Project Description STORAGE 969907601 Expand bathrooms, remodel kitchen, 456 s.f. addition for walk-in freezer & cooler & storage Fee Information Project Details Project Valuation $1 53,605.48 Entered Bid Valuation 150,000 DOLL PLAN REVIEW REFUND 150 -150.00 Stores ~ Type V-A 46 SQFT PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 150.00 Hatz: Heat Type: Building Permit Fee 1,296.15 Bedrooms: Construction Type: V - B PRF-REV 50.00 Bathrooms: Occupancy Type: M PRF-REV 50.00 Plan Review Fee 842.50 Technology Fee for Building Permit 25.92 State Building Code Council Fee 4.50 Record Retention Fee for Building 10.00 Permit Total Fees S$-2270g Ponce - {2all Conditions 1. Property corner survey pins must be located at time of footing inspection to verify setbacks. 2. Special Inspection required for roof ledger.bolts in cooler building. Call 385-2294 by 3:00pm for next day inspection. Permits expire 180 days from issuance if work is not commenced, or if work is suspended for a period of 180 days. Work is verified by obtaining a valid inspection. The granting of this permit shall not be construed as approval to violate any provisions of the PTMC or other laws or regulations. I certify that the information provided as a part of the application for this permit is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I further certify that I am the owner of the property or authorized agent of the owner. Print Name Date Issued: 06/02/2011 Issued By: SFOSTER Date Expires: 12/14/2011 Signature —._—s- Date BUILDING PERMIT City of Port Townsend Development Services Department 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 (360)379-5095 Permit # BLD10-156 Project Name EXPAND BATHROOMS, REMODEL KITCHEN, 456 SQ. FT. ADDITION Project Information Permit Type Commercial Addition Site Address 414 KEARNEY ST Parcel # FOR FREEZER, COOLER, & Project Description STORAGE 969907601 Expand bathrooms, remodel kitchen, 456 s.f. addition for walk-in freezer & cooler & storage Conditions 1. Property corner survey pins must be located at time of footing inspection to verify setbacks. 2. Special Inspection required for roof ledger.bolts in cooler building. Call 385-2294 by 3:00pm for next day inspection. Permits expire 180 days from issuance if work is not commenced, or if work is suspended for a period of 180 days. Work is verified by obtaining a valid inspection. The granting of this permit shall not be construed as approval to violate any provisions of the PTMC or other laws or regulations. I certify that the information provided as a part of the application for this permit is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I further certify that I am the owner of the property or authorized agent of the owner. Date Issued: 06/02/2011 Print Name Tet Teno Son — Issued By: SFOSTER Signature [i an Date 6/27 Ze Date Expires: 11/29/2011 City of Port Townsend Development Services Department City Hall, 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 (360) 379-5095 FAX (360) 385-7675 CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND CRITICAL AREAS WAIVER PORT TOWNSEND CRITICAL AREAS ORDINANCE (PTMC 19.05) Applicant: | Port Townsend Food Co-op Case Number: LUP10-054 414 Kearney Street Port Townsend, WA 98368 Project Location and Legal Description: 414 Kearney Street, Port Townsend, WA 98368; Mabel Addition Block 76, Lots 1 through 7. Assessor’s Parcel Number: 969-907-601 Proposal: Through BLD10-156, build a 456 square-foot addition to kitchen area for additional freezer and cooler space, and expand bathrooms within the existing footprint. Type of Critical Area: __ Aquifer Recharge _X FEMA Frequently Flooded X_ Seismic Hazard Findings & Conclusions 1. The applicant, the Port Townsend Food Co-op, proposes to undertake the improvements described above within a mapped critical area within the City of Port Townsend. Specifically, the site is mapped as a seismic hazard within the area of expansion. The predominant soil on the property, according to the USDA’s Soil Conservation Service map, is cut and fill. The southwest corner of the property in the parking lot area is mapped FEMA Zone B, “areas between limits of the 100-year flood and 500-year flood” per FIRM Map dated March 15, 1982. 2; The regulations for seismic hazard areas are intended to maintain the natural integrity of hazardous areas and their buffers in order to protect adjacent lands from the impacts of landslides, mudslides, subsidence, excessive erosion and seismic events, and to safeguard the public from these threats to life or property. 3. The regulations for frequently flooded areas are intended to safeguard the public from threats to life or property associated with flooding; to preserve the natural function of floodplains and critical drainage corridors to store and control flood waters, improve water quality and to provide for aquifer recharge. 4. Pursuant to Section 19.05.040 E(1)(j) of the Port Townsend Municipal Code, the director may waive compliance with the application requirements and delineations requirements of this section and compliance with the performance standards for development contained in PTMC 19.05.060 for development proposals which contain only aquifer recharge areas, frequently flooded areas and/or seismic hazard areas. Food Co-op Page 1 of 2 5. The director finds that the performance standards provided for in the individual critical area regulations for Seismic Hazard and Frequently Flooded areas are met and no purpose established under this chapter would be furthered by requiring compliance with application requirements or the performance standards for development. In accordance with the recent procedural amendments to PTMC 19.05.050, the director waives the recording of a Hold Harmless Agreement and Notice to Title as no useful purpose would be served. Conditions 1. All development shall be in substantial conformance with the development plans submitted. There shall be no further expansions to or addition of any structures/impervious surfaces without prior review for conformance with the Critical Areas Ordinance codified in Chapter 19.05 of the Port Townsend Municipal Code and any other applicable laws and ordinances. 2. All development subject to the provisions of this chapter shall comply with the 2005 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SWMM-WW (2005)), City engineering design standards manual, City stormwater master plan, and adopted drainage basin plans. 3. Standards for development of structures and improvements in seismic hazard areas shall be in accordance with the provisions of building and construction codes as currently adopted by the City. No additional setback or other requirements are necessary to regulate structural design. 4. Where applicable, development shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 16.08 PTMC, “Flood Damage Prevention.” In consideration of the above, a waiver is hereby granted from compliance with the application requirements and delineations requirements of the Critical Areas Ordinance as codified in PTMC Chapter 19.05 and from compliance with the performance standards for development contained in PTMC 19.05.050 and 19.05.060. Go Serr Zoio Date of Issuance Planning/Development Services Director City of Port Townsend Food Co-op Page 2 of 2 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS for PORT TOWNSEND FOOD CO-OP 414 KEARNEY STREET PORT TOWNSEND, WA RENOVATION AND EXPANSION Prepared by GOEDEKE ENGINEERING 17119 SE 47th Court Bellevue, WA 98006-5805 425-417-5163 strucl1@msn.com C. Gregg Goedeke, P.E. Structural Engineer FILE COPY ie | t ] = yt jo ot \Wy jo ebb Wve AUG - 2 2010 CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND DSD Goedeke Engineering Job: Fort Tounsend Food Coop Bellevue, WA Date: J vty 2010 425-417-5163 Page { of @ New Freezer [Cooler Zook Framivy _ oaae —Lve Load = Ws pst ead Lod = 1s TotaLlood = 40 pst Typical Zook Jos 24" ec We= BOPIF Wu GO pl. Use \Ye" Tt Lee Cec wf 5/a" COX over Wa allrmeble = [Spf Wu ledger C (N) Stud wal Wr7 do pst (122) = 270 plf =~ Aac*/etud © \e'ec /4\ db lay sere = Jo* 5 Use 2 = sipt > 4424 _~@YNL DEH ledger “Tf aan (Vad % AN (ony, lag Sores =p }- 0G of ea Stud Allow = 94 plt we [Ya TIL UeS @r4rec “f | Suptow LTT 32% lyr Job: Povt Townsend Fred Coo Goedeke Engineering Bellevue, WA Date: Dwy 2010 425-417-5163 Page Z of G INE C | New Ereetwc [Covler [200 Evawing (Covt ») ne oe | ||| We Ledger @ (2) CMu Wal [AUG = City OF PORT TOWNSE Wr 310 ple = 1 40*/2A Ne. wf BAIL BT ledger» opie bolt in Caurc= 4e0*/bolt bse, (2) eo exp bolt @ 24% ec uf Bt. LAL ledger t L (40 )= q60*> 740% of Ledaene Voraille| to Walt Uv Wr = Ao pst (i')= Aol (2 )\ed ¢ , oa. , &= | (Ase (2)\bd © Ca. Stud , vf 2KIT ledger 2x6 elv'oc \) Wrodstud wall Th 0s Goedeke Engineering Job: Tort Townsend Food Coop Date: July Zolo Bellevue, WA 425-417-5163 Page i) of © Lateval Loads fo New reeZer Cooler Wid: Vas = 85 mp) Exp 6 Wind Ps= kee Lt Peso = 1.0 (Exp B, hale Kat = (10 vooe slype- = © (Llat) T= 1.0 = Uh 2 Be ae =34 calwlate A: Ce 7 10% of \east dim = 1.1! a= O.44-= G') Use 1.4! Ane (14) = O16 or 3 A= Oy Qa =e! : SOD V eB (1.4) Y= oe Goedeke Engineering : Bellevue, WA Date: DO why 1o\ 425-417-5163 Page 4 of G@ (ater |_Leads Fo New _Erecqwr | Coole (cot ) N/s Divecttow Vw= 7: b ost (Eee \ ea = (ieptnoni)( 4 Lait = \4' Pre = See" Ke 4t.\ + 34 pst (ex ie) = 6oe* ial 316 (urind coutels) = 26 ple (min Bd @ e417) ew Director | Nuss Tepe CEE AE 4 aa ptleee -\2 m14* Vea = (\opsh xO eee aot (yrind Cortes) = 24 otf (win ad@ oalr) pall = 24' Fay = \ foyees ave Very | low, Use Pugurod Cheat wf 8 « 6d CL ow Trtermed late. Supports. ancluv belts © FT ow plates 7 e 4p"ec — Goedeke Engineering Job: Vort Townsend] food Ceop Bellevue, WA Date: July 2010 425-417-5163 Page oS of G& Kew Rook Top Uwas | eae Lat pout loads = o5* (n) roof top wat feeot Loads +4 war an 7a) ae 2 US vs Noe &"' . bu | on AUS _L= 35 pst f —| QYNL jose Spam = 20 LxIL Warr Bo pt(Z!) = TOPE (©) a nalee We? 28 pt(2! )= Oras 7 Pwrrial Agar m= 35K 20,7 © Zr supportec) wm GIS. Checle 2x10 © 2A Nee wake fores; ACE T) Sectton 13.3 Goedeke Engineering Job: Yort Townsevd Food Coop Bellevue, WA Date: Ju LoD 425-417-5163 Page ‘es of © nen Pook Top Uuiers (covt) Exty Joist Suppor Overtwy Ai 2p pif (400%) Wp lO pst (2')= Zorlf pa ot (ser preaovs pay) wing of [UL Me Look N= 0.165 * Cyishng Zxl0s how ane adeavate- to Support naw root top Wits Commercial Building Permit Application DSD He: AUG, = 22010 CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND Project Address & Zoning District: 6)4 LERICNEN ST COMM ENEIA & OST, yr -It GENETEAL COMMENLEI AL Parcel # AvI4C1 GO| Legal Description (or Tax #): Eu Addition: Te Block: Lot(s):__ TH(2V "] Project Description: ©X" PUD BATHE 456 Sf ' AOD TIO POWAY FP RBEZ eledverctevidsmen MAG CE MOE [Z-1 TE HEL, } ij > Applications accepted by mail must include a check for initial plan review fee of $150 > See the “Commercial Building Permit Application Checklist” for details on plan submittal requirements. Property Owner: Nee pate TOM NS CIO Foc [OCP Lender Information: Lender information must be provided for projects Address: AW LEReNE TST over $5,000 in valuation per RCW 19.27.0985. cityiStZip: PART Ton KEP A 4% Boe name: Covad NER FE LARA Us . 4 f oy aay ae nm se oe 2, j f Ay a doo Pas Phone:_ tt = = B= | Ds Ov Project Valuation: $ \SO CO Email:_< elo @ Ver ieee wee BeNe : Ss Locket a - “> = Construction Type: C5 -(% Contact/Representative: RB . asa Cit heey 2 JM Name: (x vA Last SAS Aizen TET Occupancy Rating: < eA Ged | Moe (2, Address: 2 (3) Hivd) pO ST Building Information (square feet): . 4 City/StZip, BELL IG HEM LM Toeec 4° floor (4% 2&2, Restrooms:__.# Phone: CoO - FSS «2 £ P| a floor _ hs Ps _ Deck(s): pare een coy anne Ne fg a - i, Email: Jf WiLL iri S LDECOAEASTs a ai floor_l4fr _ Storage: a Basement:_} ~ Is it finished? Yes No Contractor: _ eae. ues Name: NO 7 (EU SELECTED New 0 Addition Remodel/Repair'. Address: Change of Use 0 City/SUZip: Phone: 7 Total Lot Coverage (Building Footprint): Email: UV Se y 7%,2 sate P e Square feet:_(ty fe" Yo bw hs bw ate License #: Xp: > City Business License #: Impervious Surface: _| | hereby certify that the information provided is correct, that | am either the owner or authorized to act on behaif of the owner and that all activities associated with this permit will be in accordance with State Laws and the Port Townsend Municipal Code. emcee Viuiems Print Name: Date: Signature: 8) {2010 PT Food Co-op Occupant Load Calcs. James Williams Architect rVNeree Wve , i| iC . id } re O L C 3134 Hilliard St. ID ie (C ic | W ie ccupant Load Calculations Bellingham, WA 98226 Mercantile 7,011.2 @1/60 =1169 360-733-2581 AUG - 2 2010 Marcantile Storage 2,133.4 @ 1/300 = 7.1 dag e Business 761.5 @1/100 = 7.6 Bathrooms 431.7 @ 0.00 = 0.0 CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND Commercial Kitchen 725.9 @1/200 = 3.6 . DSD Accessory 146.9 @ 1/300 = 0.5 > Mercantile Total Occupant Load = 136 Sx Storage 2 o 473.8 SF 7 i<e) Pe Comm Kitchen Mercantile 543.3 SF Storage 50.5 SF Merantile 7001.2 SF Business Business 400.8 SF 360.7 SF Accessory 25.4 SH “TI rr rr Mercantile Comm Mercantile I th PJ athroom| Storage, Stock, Shipping Kitchen | Storage ae 4 pea .@) 100.3 SF 1,435.4 SF 182.6 SF | 173.7 SF 2 COM CIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPL’ ~* TION CHECKLIST This checklist is for new construction, additions, and remodels O Commercial building permit application. O Non-Residential Energy Code forms: xt Lighting ** Mechanical xt Envelope 0 Three (3) sets of plans with North arrow and scaled, no smaller than %” = 1 foot: 0 Title Page/Cover Sheet: ut’ Project identification V2. Project address, legal description, location map, tax parcel number(s) y3. All design professionals identified including addresses and phone numbers A Name, address, and phone number of person responsible for project coordination . Design criteria, including occupancy group, construction type, allowed floor area vs. proposed, occupant loads, height and number of stories, deferred submittals, etc. v6. Designate compliance with all applicable codes O Asite plan showing: v1. Legal description and parcel number (or tax number), v2. Property lines and dimensions VB. Setbacks from front, sides and rear in accordance with a pinned boundary line survey “4. On-site parking and driveway with dimensions “5. Street names and any easements or vacations 6. Location and diameter of existing trees ; 7. Utility lines Dee’ Ped es eT et PE go tt tS If applicable, existing or proposed septic system location \Q, Delineated critical areas boundaries and buffers O Foundation plan: Ww. Footings and foundation walls (wy Post and beam sizes and spans 3. Floor joist size and layout v4. Holdowns 5. Foundation venting O Floor plan: WA. Room use and dimensions ‘4. Braced wall panel locations 3. Smoke detector locations Rarmr4, Attic access | 5 Plumbing and mechanical fixtures Ob PERE tS 6. Occupancy separation between dwelling and garage (if applicable) W7. Window, skylight, and door locations, including escape windows and safety glazing O Wall section: 1. Footing size, reinforcement, depth below grade ¥ 2. Foundation wall, height, width, reinforcement, anchor bolts, and washers 3. Floor joist size and spacing “4. Wall stud size and spacing 5. Header size and spans 6. Wall sheathing, weather resistant barrier, and siding material 7. Sheet rock and insulation 8. Rafters, ceiling joists, trusses, with blocking and positive connections /9. Ceiling height AO. Roof sheathing, roofing material, roof pitch, attic ventilation Exterior elevations with existing slope of the land in relation to all proposed structures ff architecturally designed, one set of plans must have an original signature C If engineered, one set of plans must have one original signature EKER) C For new dwelling construction, Street & Utility or Minor Improvement application ¥ é 17.20.030 Table 17.20.030 Commercial Zoning Districts — Bulk, Dimensional and Density Requirements (Continued) DISTRICT C-I Ci C-II(H) C-Hl FRONT YARD None (None ) None None SETBACKS TEKS 5 feet, except none when contiguous with another commercial zoning district r R-II zoning district, SRE, 20 feet if building height is > 20 feet None unless ontiguous with an R-I, R-II or R-II zoning district, then 15 feet, or 20 feet if building height is > 20 feet None, except 10 feet when contiguous with an R-II or R-II zoning district SIDE YARD 5 feet, except none when contiguous with another commercial s ith an None unless contiguous with an R-], R-II or R-II None unless contiguous with an R-I, R-II or R- III zone. then 10 feet. or CEILING HEIGHT R-I, or R-II SETBACKS zoning district r | zone, then 15 feet, or 15 feet if building 20 feet if building 20 feet if building height is > 20 feet height is > 20 feet height is > 20 feet MAXIMUM 40,000 sf (20.000 sf) 40,000 sf None GROUND FLOOR AREA! (in any one structure) MAXIMUM GROSS 60,000 sf 60.000 sf 60,000 sf None FLOOR AREA 35 feet and as 40 feet if 2 or more | 40 feet if structure is 2 | 50 feet or as specified MAXIMUM specified by PIMC |stories and as specified | or more stories and as |_ by Ch. 17.28 PIMC BUILDING HEIGHT 17.46.080 by PIMC 17.46.080 | specified by PIMC 17.46.080 MINIMUM None 12 feet if structure is 2 | 12 feet if structure is 2 | 12 feet if structure is 2 GROUND FLOOR or more stories or More stories or more stones | MAXIMUM FENCE HEIGHT? 8 feet. unless otherwise authorized through applicable design review process 8 feet. unless otherwise authorized through applicable design review process 8 feet, unless otherwise authonzed through applicable design review process 8 feet, unless otherwise authorized through applicable design review process TREE CONSERVATION Preservation of existing trees, and/or. new trees shall be provided consistent with Chapter 19.06 PTMC, Article Il, Standards for Tree Conservation Preservation of existing trees, and/or. new trees shall] be provided consistent with Chapter 19.06 PTMC, Article III, Standards for Tree Conservation Preservation of existing trees, and/or, new trees shall be provided consistent with Chapter 19.06 PTMC, Article III, Standards for Tree Conservation Not applicable } Muluple structures on a single property or reviewed as a single development proposal may not be attached to exceed 40.000 square feet ground floor area. Such muluple structures must be separated by the minimum separation standards as established by PIMC 17.44.040 when their combined ground floor area exceeds 40,000 square feet. “ Maximum fence heights apply only within any required front, side, or rear setback area or along the edge of any required yard. Fences over six feet and retaining walls may require a building permit. (Ord. 2982 § 4, 2008; Ord. 2945 § 5.10, 2007; Ord. 2920 § 14, 2005; Ord. 2840 § 2(Exh. B), 2003; Ord. 2837 § 2(Exh. B § 12), 2003; Ord. 2825 § 4, 2003; Ord. 2716 § 4.8, 1999; Ord. 2700 § 17, 1999; Ord. 2571 § 2, 1997). (Revised 5/09) 17-62 Port Townsend Munic. Code 17.20.030 Table 17.20.020 Commercial Zoning Districts — Permitted, Conditional and Prohibited Uses (Continued) Key to table: P = Permitted outright; C = Subject to a conditional use permit; H = Subject to conditional use requirements for historic structures; X = Prohibited; N/A = Not applicable DISTRICT C-I C-II C-II(H) C-Ill APPLICABLE REGULATIONS/NOTES le P Satellite dishes, noncommercial, and antennas P Satellite dishes and antennas shall meet the requirements of PYMC 17.20.030, Bulk, dimension and density requirements, except as provided in applicable Federal Communications Commission rules and regulations. P (Ord. 2982 § 1, 2008; Ord. 2977 § 1, 2008; Ord. 2924 § 1, 2006; Ord. 2916 § 3, 2006; Ord. 2912 § 3, 2005: Ord. 2825 § 4, 2003; Ord. 2782 § 4, 2001; Ord. 2716 § 4.7, 1999; Ord. 2700 §§ 15, 16, 1999; Ord. 2599 § 2, 1997; Ord. 2571 § 2, 1997). 17.20.025 Design review required. A. Projects in the C-I, C-II and C-II(H) dis- tricts are subject to commercial, mixed use and multifamily architectural and site design review pursuant to Chapters 17.44 and 17.46 PTMC. B. Projects in the C-III historic commercial district are subject to historic preservation committee review pursuant to Chapter 17.80 -PTMC. (Ord. 2840 § 2(Exh. E), 2003). 17.20.030 Bulk, dimensional and density requirements. A. The standards contained in Table 17.20.030 PTMC apply to all commercial zon- ing districts, and shall be determined to be minimum requirements, unless stated as maxi- mum by this ttle. B. Setbacks and Minimum Yard Require- ments. Notwithstanding any other ordinance or provision of this title, all setbacks (yard re- quirements) shall be measured from the lot line to the building line, as defined in Chapter 17.08 PTMC; provided, however, that the roof or eaves of a roof of a building may extend be- yond the building line a maximum distance of two feet into the applicable minimum yard area. C. Construction and Permits. From and after the effective date of the ordinance codi- fied in this section, no building permit shall be issued and no building shall be constructed on any tract, lot or site in the city unless the build- ing is situated on such tract, lot or site in con- formance with the requirements of PTMC Title 17 and any other applicable provision of law. Table 17.20.030 Commercial Zoning Districts — Bulk, Dimensional and Density Requirements DISTRICT C-I C-Il C-TI(H) C-Ill Owner/operator Residences allowed Owner/operator Residences allowed residences allowed |above the ground floor, | residences allowed | above the ground floor and residences above or as part of a above commercial uses commercial uses development subject to the RESIDENTIAL __ [allowed subject to the | combining residential | _ requirements below REQUIREMENTS. | requirements below | with commercial uses where permitted by the shoreline master program, subject to the requirements below MINIMUM LOT SIZE 5,000 sf 5,000 sf 5,000 sf 5,000 sf 17-61 (Revised 5/09) Receipt Number: bod eed BLD10-156 969907601 PRF-REV $50.00 $50.00 $0.00 Total: $50.00 10-0639 08/02/2010 PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 $150.00 BLD10-156 CHECK 5655 $ 50.00 genpmtrreceipts Page 1 of 1 Receipt Number: BLD10-156 969907601 PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 $150.00 $150.00 $0.00 Total: $150.00 ise CHECK 5504 $ 150.00 Total: $150.00 genpmtrreceipts Page 1 of 1 Receipt Number: esa BLD10-156 969907601 Plan Review Fee $827.94 $827.94 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 PLAN REVIEW REFUND 150 -$150.00 -$150.00 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 State Building Code Council Fee $4.50 $4.50 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 Technology Fee for Building Permit $25.48 $25.48 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 Building Permit Fee $1,273.75 $1,273.75 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 Record Retention Fee for Building Per $10.00 $10.00 $0.00 Total: $1,991.67 10-0639 08/02/2010 PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 $150.00 BLD10-156 11-0218 04/22/2011 PRF-REV $50.00 BLD10-156 CHECK 103398 $ 1,991.67 Total: $1,991.67 genpmtrreceipts Page 1 of 1 Receipt Number: 110347 Receipt Dat BLD10-156 969907601 Plan Review Fee $842.50 $14.56 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 Technology Fee for Building Permit $25.92 $0.44 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 Building Permit Fee $1,296.15 $22.40 $0.00 BLD10-156 969907601 PRF-REV $50.00 $50.00 $0.00 Total: $87.40 11-0306 06/02/2011 Building Permit Fee $1,273.75 BLD10-156 10-0639 08/02/2010 PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 $150.00 BLD10-156 11-0306 06/02/2011 PLAN REVIEW REFUND 150 -$150.00 BLD10-156 11-0218 04/22/2011 PRF-REV $50.00 BLD10-156 11-0306 06/02/2011 Plan Review Fee $827.94 BLD10-156 11-0306 06/02/2011 Record Retention Fee for Building Permit $10.00 BLD10-156 11-0306 06/02/2011 State Building Code Council Fee $4.50 BLD10-156 11-0306 06/02/2011 Technology Fee for Building Permit $25.48 BLD10-156 CHECK “5689 ~~ $87.40 Total: $87.40 genpmtrreceipts Page 1 of 1 City of Port Townsend Development Services Department 250 Madison Street Suite 3 Port Townsend WA 98368 (360) 379-5095 FAX (360) 344-4619 December 13, 2011 BUILDING PERMIT EXPIRATION IS IMMENENT Port Townsend Food Co-op 414 Kearney St. Port Townsend, WA 98368 Dear Port Townsend Food Co-op, According to our records, your building permit BLD10-156 for the interior remodel and addition will expire on December 30, 2011 It is important that you call the inspection line (385-2294) to schedule the next inspection required on your permit before it expires. Please contact the Development services Department with any questions concerning your permit or this notice. I can be reached at 360-379-5058. Regards, Freel) Fred Slota, CBO Building Official DE IVE AUG - 2 2010 CITY OF Pony TOWNSEND _ ) PROJECT MANUAL FOR: Port Townsend Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 414 Kearney Street Port Townsend, WA 98368 ISSUE DATE: August 2, 2010 James iliams Architect USGBC A AKA & 313) Hilliard Street, Bellinghan, WA 28226 phone - 360-733-2581 emal - jimwilliamsl5@comeast.net STRUCTURAL ENGINEER GOEDEKE ENGINEERING Gregg Goedeke 17119 SE 47TH CT BELLEVUE, WA 98006-5805 PHONE 425-644-5899 FAX 425-401-1250 email struc1@msn.com ELECTRICAL ENGINEER K ENGINEERS, INC. Steve TeVelde 208 THIRD ST LYNDEN, WA 98264 PHONE 360.354.4757 X11 FAX 360.354.6794 email SteveTeVelde@k-engineers.com MECHANICAL ENGINEER CeGG ENGINEERING Goren Hattatoglu 2101 9TH AVENUE, SUITE 215 SEATTLE, WA 98121 PHONE 206-223-6447 FAX 206-223-6465 CELL 425-306-2677 email goren@cegginc.com SECTION 00 01 01 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION — BASIC REQUIREMENTS 000101 Table of Contents 000115 Drawing Index DIVISION - 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 Selective Demolition DIVISION - 3 CONCRETE 00 3033 ~©Cast-in-Place Concrete DIVISION - 3 MASONRY 004200 Unit Masonry DIVISION -6 WOOD 061000 Rough Carpentry 06 2000 Finish Carpentry DIVISION - 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 Thermal Insulation 073129 Wood Shingles 075113 Built-Up Asphalt Roofing will be issued via addendum 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION - 8 OPENINGS 081100 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames DIVISION - 9 FINISHES 092900 Gypsum Wallboard 093000 Tiling 096519 Resilient Accessories 099000 Painting End of Section 00 01 01 TABLE OF CONTENTS PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion N N We NW 0001 01-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 01 15 — DRAWING INDEX PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LISTOF DRAWINGS The Drawings listed below are hereby made part of this contract: AO.1 Al.1 A2.1 A2.2 A2.3 A3.1 A3.2 A3.3 A3.4 A4.1 A4.2 A4.3 AS.1 AS.2 PART 2 PART 3 LOCATION MAP, CODE & ZONING INFORMATION, SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES EXISTING CONDITIONS & NEW WORK SITE PLANS EXISTING CONDITIONS FLOOR PLAN NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN ROOF PLAN EXISTING CONDITIONS BUILDING SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS DETAILS DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXISTING CONDITIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS NEW WORK EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) End of Section 00 01 15 DRAWING INDEX 0001 15-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain Owner's property. Remove, clean, and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3:1 A. DEMOLITION Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Before proceeding with demolition, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of the building. Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain or construction being demolished. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion G. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. H. Promptly remove demolished materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. Do not burn demolished materials. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. C. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Concrete mix designs. Ready-Mixed Concrete Producer Qualifications: ASTM C 94/C 94M. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete"; ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials"; and CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. 2.2 A. B. C, MATERIALS Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. Aggregates: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTMC 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. MIXES Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, as follows: Lig Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi at 28 days. 23 Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm). 3. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of floor slabs to receive troweled finishes to exceed 3 percent. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.1 A. M. CONCRETING Construct formwork according to ACI 301 and maintain tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 347R limits of Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for concrete exposed to view and Class C, 1/2 inch (13 mm) for other concrete surfaces. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing, placing, and curing. Surface Finish: Smooth finish. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing for at least seven days. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. Formed Surface Finish: Smooth-formed finish for concrete exposed to view, coated, or covered by waterproofing or other direct-applied material; rough-formed finish elsewhere. Slab Finishes: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Provide the following finishes: 1 Troweled finish for floor surfaces and floors to receive floor coverings, paint, or other thin film-finish coatings. Remove “fins” from panel joints above grade. Remove snap ties and fill holes with waterproof sealant. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing for at least seven days. Begin curing concrete slabs after finishing. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven days. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. C. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Allowances: Furnish face brick under the Face Brick Allowance specified in Division 01 Section "Price and Payment Procedures." Submittals: 1. Material Certificates: For each type of product indicated. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements. Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 A. B. C, 2.3 A. MASONRY UNITS Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, UBC Standard 21-4; Weight Classification, Normal Weight. MORTAR AND GROUT Mortar: ASTM C 270, proportion specification. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. 2: For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. 3. Water-Repellent Additive: For mortar used with concrete masonry units made with integral water repellent, use product recommended by manufacturer of units. Grout: ASTM C 476 with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm). Refractory Mortar: Ground fireclay mortar or other refractory mortar that passes ASTM C 199 test and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. REINFORCEMENT, TIES, AND ANCHORS Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 400). UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL Cut masonry units with saw. Install with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back units; do not tooth. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, unless otherwise indicated. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. CLEANING Clean masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly cured, clean exposed masonry. 1. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying acidic cleaner, then remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 2. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Shop drawings for engineered roof joists. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Qed 2.3 2.4 A. B. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. TREATED MATERIALS Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2, except that lumber not in ground contact and not exposed to the weather to be pressure-treated Douglas FirWolmanized, CCA Oxide formulation in conformance with Federal Specification TT-W-571 for preservative material and for pressure treating. l. Use treatment containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. LUMBER Dimension Lumber: L. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. 2. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Douglas Fir No. 2, Western woods: WCLIB or WWPA. 3. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Douglas Fir No. 2, Western woods: WCLIB or WWPA. ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS Engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be demonstrated by comprehensive testing. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000-1 ye) 2.6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Wood I-Joists: Prefabricated units, made with solid or structural composite lumber flanges and wood-based structural panel webs, let into and bonded to flanges. Provide units complying with material requirements of and with structural capacities established and monitored according to ASTM D 5055. 1. Structural Properties: Provide units with depths and design values not less than those indicated. 2. Provide units complying with APA PRI-400, factory marked with nominal joist depth, joist class, span ratings, mill identification, and compliance with APA standard. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire- retardant treated, not less than 3/4 inch (12.7 mm) thick. MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. Metal Framing Anchors: Structural capacity, type, and size indicated. 1. Use anchors made from hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. 2: Use anchors made from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 666, Type 304 for exterior locations and where indicated. Sill-Sealer: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2; Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84, and as follows: 1s Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less where exposed; otherwise, as indicated in Part 2 "Insulation Products" Article. 2. Smoked-Developed Index: 450 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 A. B. INSULATION PRODUCTS Roof insulation: See Section 07 51 13. Exterior walls: 1. Cellulose Insulation: Self-supported, spray applied, cellulosic insulation. Recycled or wood-based cellulosic fiber complying with ASTM C 1149, chemically treated with borate compounds for flame-resistance, processing, and handling characteristics. 2: Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke developed indices of 5 and 5, respectively, after installation. 3. High Density Thermal Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665, glass fiber rolls and batts with non- formaldehyde binder, with flanged non-reflective foil facing. Width to fit stud or joist PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. INSTALLATION Install insulation in areas and in thicknesses indicated or required to produce R-values indicated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Except for loose-fill insulation and insulation that is friction fitted in stud cavities, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. Place loose-fill insulation to comply with ASTM C 1015. THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Comply with the CIMA's Special Report #3, "Standard Practice for Installing Cellulose Insulation." D. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage. Locate seams at framing members, overlap, and seal with tape. END OF SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 31 29 - WOOD SHINGLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. pie) SHINGLES Grading Standard for Wood Shingles: CSSB's "Grading Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar Shingles." Cedar Shingles: No.2 grade, smooth sawn, match size, thickness and spacing of existing shingles. ACCESSORIES Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II, No. 30. Nails: Hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through OSB or plywood sheathing. 1. Use shingle-type nails to attach wood shingles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.4 A. INSTALLATION Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment along entire perimeter of roof sheathing; extend a Comply with CSSB's "Design and Application Manual for Exterior and Interior Walls" for wall installations. END OF SECTION 07 31 29 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 07 3129-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data Shop Drawings, and Samples. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2ue 23 SHEET METAL 20 ga, galvanized steel shall be hot dipped process - 1.25 oz. per square feet. FLASHING AND TRIM Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. ACCESSORIES General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, solvent-release type, for expansion joints with limited movement. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where possible. 1. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. 1. Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Separation: Separate noncompatible metals or corrosive substrates with a coating of asphalt mastic or other permanent separation. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 1.2 WARRANTY C. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addi- tion to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. D. — Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. B. Sealant for Interior Use: 1. Paintable Acrylic Latex: a. DAP Alex Painters Caulk. b. DuPont Painters Caulk. 2 Fire Stopping sealant: a. STI Series LCI Intumescent Sealant. b. DAP Fire Stop. C. Sealant for Exterior Use: a. Dow Corning, 790 Building Sealant. b. Pecora, 895 sealant. JOINT SEALANTS 0792 00-1 pap) PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Sealant for Below Grade Use: a. Bostik, 1100 Urethane Sealant. JOINT-SEALANT BACKING General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: Closed cell ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Sia A. INSTALLATION Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: i Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint seal- ants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Delete porous substrates below if not applicable. Insert additional items to suit Project. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 5. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. eM Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by clean- JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-2 3.3 3.4 33 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion ing methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. I: Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time back- ings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. rz Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow op- timum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or cur- ing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3 Provide concave joint configuration to match existing joints. CLEANING Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by meth- ods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. PROTECTION Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 3 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. B. | END OF SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 08 11 00 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL Ll A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 22 MATERIALS Manufacturers: i Steelcraft. 2. Ceco Door. 34 Amweld Building Products. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, suitable for exposed applications. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, 4O0Z ((12G)) coating designation; mill phosphatized. ie For anchors built into exterior walls, sheet steel complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, 4OZ ((12G)) coating designation; mill phosphatized. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level indicated, 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick. 1. Exterior Doors: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty). pe Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as door face sheets. Frames: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings unless otherwise indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Thickness for Exterior Doors: 0.067 inch minimum. Zi Fabricate exterior frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1110-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 3. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 4, Frame Anchors: Not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. Glazing Stops: Nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors; screw-applied, removable, glazing stops on inside, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series standards. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of lead- and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria. PART 3 - EXECUTION Bal A. INSTALLATION Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown or scheduled for hollow metal and frames, provide fire-rated doors and frames investigated and tested as a fire door assembly, complete with type of hardware to be used. Identify each door and frame with UL labels, including applicable fire rating of door and frame. Install hollow metal frames to comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1. Fire-Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. Install doors to provide clearances between doors and frames as indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.11. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying rust-inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 08 11 00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1110-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS Provide in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, in thickness indicated. Type X. Approved Manufacturers: 1. National Gypsum. 2: USG. 3. American Gypsum. ACCESSORIES Trim Accessories: ASTM C 1047, formed from galvanized steel sheet. 1, Edge Trim: Mud-in type, GA-216 “Corner Bead”, “L”, “LK” or “LC”. Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475/C 475M. L. Joint Tape: Paper unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. Joint Materials: ASTM C475, reinforcing tape, joint compound (products of one manufacturer), adhesive, and water. 3. Fasteners: ASTM C1002 Type S12 hardened screws. Sealant: ASTM C557. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion A. Gypsum Board: Install in accordance with ASTM C840 and manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Fasten gypsum board to furring or framing with screws. NAIL OR STAPLE FASTENERS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT FASTENING OF WALL BOARD, CORNER BEAD OR EDGE TRIM. C. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.2 JOINT TREATMENT A. Level 4 finish per Gypsum Association. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to re- ceive finishes. C. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/16 inch. D. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 3.3 CLEAN UP A. Remove waste, scrap, materials and tools from work area at the end of each shift. B. Leave work area in clean condition. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING PART 1 - GENERAL Ld SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. — Submittals: Product Data for tile and installation materials and Samples for tile. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 CERAMIC TILE 1. Mach existing. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. VOC Limit for Adhesives and Fluid-Applied Waterproofing Membranes: 65 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. ie Thin-Set Mortar Type: a. Match existing 2: Grout Type: a. Match existing 3. Grout Color: a. Match existing PART 3 - EXECUTION Sol INSTALLATION A. Comply with tile installation standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors in wet areas. TILING 09 30 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion B. | Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." C. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. D. Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. E. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 TILING 09 30 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 65 19 - RESILIENT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rubber base. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE A. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof, type recommended by floor material manufacturer. B. Wall Base. 1. Manufacturer: Roppe or approved equal. 2. Type: 700 Series Standard Toe Base. 3. Size 6”. 4. Color: To be selected from manufacturer’s standard selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 BZ Bid EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Fill minor or local low spots and other defects with appropriate substrate filler. B. Vacuum clean substrate. INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install base where indicated. Fit joints tightly. Gn Follow all recommendations regarding initial maintenance after installation. CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from surfaces without damage. B. Remove waste, scrap, materials and tools from work area at the end of each shift. C. Leave work area in clean condition. END OF SECTION 09 65 19 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 09 65 19-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 90 00 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Summary: Work includes but is not limited to: painting gypsum wallboard walls and ceilings and painting remainder of existing painted surfaces. Painting includes all exposed raceway. B. Submittals: 1. Material Lists: Submit complete and detailed list of materials, proposed for use on the work. Obtain Owner's acceptance before ordering. 2. Product Data: Submit M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals or hazardous materials. All chemicals and hazardous materials to meet NIOSH Permissible Exposure Levels (P.E.L.) and OSHA Time Weighted Average (T.W.A.) requirements. 3. Certificate: Submit manufacturer's certifications that materials are suitable for their intended use on this Work. 4, Samples: Submit 2 samples of each type of paint and application specified, on samples of substrate to which paint finish is to be finally applied; samples not less than 12 x 12 inches in size. Furnish additional samples as required until colors, finishes and textures are accepted. Retain accepted samples to be used as the color standard for final finishes. Do not work until colors are approved. 1.2 WORKING CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall provide all necessary lighting and equipment to ensure a through and com- plete job. Light levels in all work areas shall be minimum 30 Foot Candles. Provide light- ing as directed for final inspection of work. B. Dono work when dust or insects are present. C. Do not work outside during damp weather, when temperature is below 50 degrees F, or until surfaces have thoroughly dried from effects of such weather. D. Maintain proper temperature and adequate ventilation for inside work. 1.3 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP OF ADJACENT SURFACES A. Take necessary precautions to protect adjacent surfaces from damage, paint drips, splatters, smudges, etc. Thoroughly clean and restore marred surfaces to Owner's satisfaction. 1.4 FLAMMABLE MATERIALS A. Take extraordinary care to prevent fire. Open cans of paint and varnish only when needed. Keep rubbing cloths and oily rags in tightly closed metal containers, or remove from enclosed areas at close of day's work. PAINTING 09 90 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 PAINT A. Gypsum Wall Board: 1. | Sherwin-Williams — ProMar, low VOC preferred. Low VOC substitutes will be consid- ered from. If substitutions for other manufacturers are approved, provide color match formulations provided in Sherwin Williams format. B. Colors: 1. | Match adjacent surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after painting is complete. B. Clean and prepare surfaces in an area before beginning painting in that area. Schedule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. 3.2 MIXING AND THINNING A. — Proprietary Products 1. Mix and thin in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. B. Other Materials 2. Mix and thin in accordance with standard practice. 3.3 APPLICATION OF PAINT AND FINISHES A. | Workmanship 1. Highest quality, performed by skilled craftsmen in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Spread material evenly, without runs or sags; cut sharp lines against glass, other materials and different colors. Vary colors of successive coats slightly to avoid skipping. Allow ample time between coats for thorough drying. Use rollers for finish coat on interior walls and ceilings. PAINTING 09 90 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion B. Defective Work 1. Contractor responsible, from whatever cause; refinish at Contractor's expense. 2. Repair work damaged during construction; leave in first class condition at time of final acceptance. 3. Use tarpaulins or drop cloths when working above or adjacent to completed work. Clean paint splatters and stains from finished surfaces. 3.4 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Non-galvanized Ferrous Metal 1. | Touch-up damaged areas in shop coat with same material. 2. | Two coats alkyd base exterior semi-gloss enamel. B. Galvanized Ferrous Metal 1. Clean unprimed surfaces with paint bond solvent; one coat galvanized iron primer. 2. Two coats exterior alkyd semi-gloss enamel. C. | Gypsum Board 1. MPI System No, INT. 9.2F, four coats. 2. | Two coats latex primer seale #50. 3. | Two coats water based catalyzed epoxy #115. D. Exposed wood: 1. MPI System No, INT. 6.3T, three coats. 2. One coat latex primer #39. 3. Two coats water based catalyzed epoxy #115. E. Wood Shingles: 1. Match existing. 2. Hand dip shingles in finish before installation. END OF SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING 09 90 00 - 3 Member U.S. Green Building Council ames. ~\W/iliams Architect A A A A A Calular Zio) Millard Street, Belingham, WA 26226 Phone / FAX 360-738 - 2581 360-319-3860 emait jimwilamsi5@comcast.net Port Townsend Co-op Cost Estimate Revisions / Changes 4/28/2010 The following is an update to my cost estimates. New pricing from Ed Boehmer includes the walk-in Coolers and Freezers so | have remove their pricing from my estimates and included them in the equipment prices. | added sealer to the concrete floor in Options #4, #7 and #7A and added grinding and sealer to Option #6. Option #7A is pricing for the Receiving area as a “shell” with the offices, the maintenance room, heating, new openings into the existing building, moving the propane tank, pervious paving and a portion of retaining walls removed. Option #2 - Expand Bathrooms. No changes. Option #4 - New Freezer / Cooler / Dry Storage Room. - Original Estimate $ 71,391 - Add for Floor Sealer $ 350 - Deduct for walkin Cooler & Freezer (Now included in equipment pricing from Boehmer) <$ 15,000> - Revised estimate without Cooler, Freezer € Equipment $ 56,741 - New Equipment cost per Ed Boehmer $ 23,714 - Revised estimate including Equipment Option #6 - Deli / Kitchen Remodel - Original Estimate $ 48,170 - Add for Grinding € Sealing Concrete Floor $ 4500 - Deduct for walk-in Cooler € Freezer (Now included in equipment pricing from Boehmer) <$_ 11,000> - Revised estimate without Cooler € Equipment $ 41,670 - New Equipment cost per Ed Boehmer $ 14,027 - Revised estimate including Equipment Option #7 - Receiving / Food Prep / Maintenance / Offices - Original Estimate - Add for Floor Sealer - Add for missed Retaining Walls - Deduct for walk-in Cooler € Freezer (Now included in equipment pricing from Boehmer) $366,846 $ 3,000 $ 20,000 <$ 25,000> - Revised estimate without Cooler € Equipment - New Equipment cost per Ed Boehmer $324,846 $ 78,851 - Revised estmate including Equipment Option #7A - Receiving Shell Only / No Interior Walls / No Heat / No New Openings Into Co-op - Original Estimate - Add for floor sealer - Deduct for Deleting Heat - Deduct for Interior Walls - Deduct of Deleting New Openings € Doors - Deduct for Pervious Paving $403,697 $366,846 $ 3,000 <$ 9,650> <$ 7400> <$ 17,700> <$ 4,800> Deduct for Relocating Propane Tank Deduct for walk-in Cooler € Freezer (Now included in equipment pricing from Boehmer) <$ 2,500> <$ 25,000> Revised estimate without Cooler € Equipment Total Options #2, #4, #6 € #7 Excluding Equipment Total Options #2, #4, #6 € #7 Including Equipment Total Options #2, #4, #6 Excluding Equipment & #7A Total Options #2, #4, #6 Including Equipment € #7A $302,796 $ 486,675 $ 585,267 $ 446,625 $ 484,366 City of Port Townsend Development Services Department 250 Madison Street, Suite 3, Port Townsend, WA 98368 (360)379-5095 Invoice Date: Invoice # 06-SEP-11 1881 FOOD CO-OP 414 KEARNEY ST PORT TOWNSEND WA 98368 Application No BLD10-156 Project: EXPAND BATHROOMS, REMODEL KITCHEN, 456 SQ. FT. ADDITION FOR FREEZER, Application Type COOLER, & STORAGE Commercial Addition Parcel # Subdivision: 969907601 Site Address: MABEL ADDITION Block/Lot 414 KEARNEY ST Description Fee Amount Paid/Credit Balance Due PRF-REV $50.00 $50.00 $0.00 Plan Review Fee $842.50 $842.50 $0.00 PLAN REVIEW DEPOSIT 150 $150.00 $150.00 $0.00 PLAN REVIEW REFUND 150 -$150.00 -$150.00 $0.00 State Building Code Council Fee $4.50 $4.50 $0.00 Technology Fee for Building Permit $25.92 $25.92 $0.00 Building Permit Fee $1296.15 $1296.15 $0.00 Record Retention Fee for Building Permit $10.00 $10.00 $0.00 PRF-REV $50.00 $50.00 $0.00 Total Fee Amount: Total Paid/Credits: Balance Due: $2279.07 $2279.07 $0.00 Page 1 PROJECT MANUAL FOR: PORT TOWNSEND FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 414 KEARNEY STREET PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 ISSUE DATE: APRIL 11, 2011 AMES LLIAMS ARCHITECT USGBC PO BOX 30264, BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-4377 PHONE 360-733-2581 EMAIL - JIMWILLIAMS 1 5@co MCAST.COM STRUCTURAL ENGINEER GOEDEKE ENGINEERING GREGG GOEDEKE 17119 SE 47TH CT BELLEVUE, WA 98006-5805 PHONE 425-644-5899 FAX 425-401-1250 EMAIL STRUC1@MSN.cCOM ELEGTRIGAL ENGINEER K ENGINEERS, INC. STEVE TEVELDE 208 THIRD ST LYNDEN, WA 98264 PHONE 360-354-4757 x 14 FAX 360-354-6794 EMAIL XSTEVETEVELDE@K-ENGINEERS.COM MECHANICAL ENGINEER CEGG ENGINEERING GOREN HATTATOGLU 7650 S.E. 27" st., #403 MERCIER ISLAND, WA 98040 PHONE 206-223-6447 FAX 206-223-6465 CELL 425-306-2677 EMAIL GOREN@cCEGGINGC.COM PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 01 01 - TABLE OF CONTENTS Specification Sections are listed with the number of pages in each section. The Contractor shall check his copies of the specifications with the Table of Contents to be sure they are complete. DIVISION — 0 Bidding & Contract Requirements 000101 Table of Contents 000115 Drawing Index 000103 Invitation to Bid 000410 Bid Form 000520 Agreement Form 007000 General Conditions 000800 Supplementary Conditions ee NO et a We ) DIVISION — 1 General Requirements 00 11 10-01 17 70 012300 Alternates 013100 Project Management & Coordination Request for Information Form Re NN N DIVISION - 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 Selective Demolition 2 DIVISION - 3 CONCRETE 00 3033 Cast-in-Place Concrete y DIVISION - 3 MASONRY 004200 Unit Masonry 2 DIVISION - 6 WOOD 061000 Rough Carpentry 2 DIVISION - 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071000 Bituminous Dampproofing 071900 Concrete Sealer 072000 Roofing Insulation 072100 Thermal Insulation 073129 Wood Shingles Re NO W ON W TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 01-1 075113 Built-Up Asphalt Roofing 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION - 8 OPENINGS 081100 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames DIVISION - 9 FINISHES 092900 Gypsum Wallboard 093000 Tiling 096519 Resilient Accessories 099000 Painting DIVISION - 10 SPECIALTIES 102113 Toilet Partitions DIVISION - 22 PLUMBING 221000 Plumbing Piping 224000 Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION - 26 ELECTRICAL 26 00 10 — Basic Electrical Requirements 26 05 00 — Common Work Results 26 05 26 — Grounding 26 07 00 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 26 20 00 — Low Voltage Electrical Transmission 26 50 00 — Lighting DIVISION — 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY 28 31 00 — Fire Detection and Alarm Picture #1 Picture #2 Picture #3 Picture #4 End of Section 00 01 01 TABLE OF CONTENTS PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 6 2 4 Wr NN 0001 01-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 01 15 — DRAWING INDEX PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LISTOF DRAWINGS The Drawings listed below are hereby made part of this contract: A0.1 LOCATION MAP, CODE & ZONING INFORMATION, SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES Al.1._ EXISTING CONDITIONS & NEW WORK SITE PLANS A2.1. EXISTING CONDITIONS FLOOR PLAN A2.2 NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN . A2.3. ROOF PLAN A3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS BUILDING SECTIONS A3.2. WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS A3.3. WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS A3.4_ DETAILS A4.1 DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.2. DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.3. DETAILED FLOOR PLANS & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.2. NEW WORK EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS K-1 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN & SCHEDULE M2.1 MECHANICAL SCHEDULE & FLOOR PLAN El.1 ELECTRICAL — SITE PLAN, LEGEND & NOTES E2.1 ELECTRICAL — EXISTING/DEMOLITION PLAN E2.2 ELECTRICAL — POWER PLAN E2.3 ELECTRICAL — LIGHTING PLAN E2.4 ELECTRICAL — ANCILLARIES PLAN E2.5 ELECTRICAL — ROOF PLAN E3.1 ELECTRICAL — DETAILS E6.1 ELECTRICAL — POWER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES E6.2 ELECTRICAL - PANEL SCHEDULES PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) End of Section 00 01 15 DRAWING INDEX 0001 15-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 01 03 - INVITATION TO BID The Project and Contract Documents are titled: Port Townsend Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 414 Kearney Street Port Townsend, Washington The Owner is: Port Townsend Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 414 Kearney Street Port Townsend, Washington The Architect is: James Williams 3131 Hilliard Street Bellingham, WA 98226 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT: The proposed Work comprises the renovation and expansion of an existing one story Type V-B retail building, and related site improvements as shown. DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL: Six sets of Drawings and Project Manuals will be furnished to each of the prequalified bidders. No deposit is required. These documents will be delivered to the bidders. The three sets of documents must be returned to the Owner, in good condition, within 5 calendar days after the bid date. A mandatory Pre-Bid meeting will be held at the Port Townsend Administration Office at 2131 Clay Street, Port Townsend, WA. at April 18, 2011 at 1:30 PM. Bid Submittal and Opening: Sealed bids are due no later than 2:00 PM, May 18, 2011. Bids are to be delivered to the Port Townsend Administration Office at 2131 Clay Street, Port Townsend, WA. Bids will be opened publicly at 2:15 PM, May 18, 2011 at the Port Townsend Administration Office at 2131 Clay Street, Port Townsend, WA. REJECTION OF BIDS: The bidder acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received, and to accept other than the lowest bid. In addition, the bidder recognizes the right of the Owner to reject a bid if the bidder failed to furnish any required bid security, or to submit the data required by the bidding documents, or if the bid is in any way incomplete or irregular. GUARANTY BONDS: Guaranty Bonds are required and the bidder's attention is drawn thereto. END OF SECTION INVITATION TO BID -00 0103-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 04 10 - BID FORM Port Townsend Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 414 Kearney Street Port Townsend, Washington Having carefully examined the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications entitled " Port Townsend Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion, 414 Kearney Street, Port Townsend, Washington" dated April 11, 2011, and the Addenda numbered as well as the premises and the conditions affecting the Work, the Undersigned proposes to provide each unit of Work for the Stipulated Sums as set forth below: Applicable Washington State Sales Tax is not included in the bid and will be added to each progress payment request. BASE BID Dollars ($ ) ¢ SALES TAX: Applicable Washington State Sales Tax shall not be included in any amounts on this Bid _ Form ALTERNATE BIDS: The undersigned proposes to perform work called for in the following alternates as described in the Contract Documents, for the following resulting additions to or deductions from the Basic Bid. Indicate whether each proposed lump sum is additive to or deductive from the Basic Bid: Alt. #1 (Add the renovation and expansion of the two bathrooms and all associated work.): Deduct Dollars ($ ) Alt. #2 (Add all work related to adding the outside eating pad shown on Sheets A2.2, A3.3 and A4.3.): Deduct Dollars (§ ) Alt. #3 (Add all work related to modifications to the Grab & Go case.): Deduct Dollars ($ | ) Alt. #4 (Grind and seal the concrete Meat Room floor.): Deduct Dollars ($ ) ADDENDUM RECEIPT Receipt of the following addenda to the Contract Documents is acknowledged: Addendum No. 1 Date Addendum No. 2 Date Addendum No. 3 Date Addendum No. 4 Date BID FORM 00 04 10-1 SECTION 00410 COMMUNITY BID FORM FOOD CO-OP BELLINGHAM, WASHINGTON If the undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this Bid within thirty calendar days of the time set for opening of the Bid, the undersigned agrees to execute a Contract for the above Work for the above-stated compensation in the form of the Contract attached hereto and to commence Work within ten days after the execution thereof. The Undersigned agrees if awarded the Contract, to complete all work within 56 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed. The major subcontractors to be used are: Mechanical: Electrical: Plumbing: Name of Firm: Signed by: Official Capacity: Address: City, State & Zip Date: Telephone: FAX: email: Tax I.D. # State of Washington Contractor’s License No: END OF SECTION PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 05 20 - AGREEMENT FORM PART 1 - GENERAL A. The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Small Project", AIA Document A105, Current Edition, is a part of these Contract Documents and is incorporated as fully as if bound herein. B. The Agreement Form may be obtained from the Architect's office, or from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue NW, Washington D.C. 20006; Seattle Chapter, American Institute of Architects, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101; and Northwest Washington Chapter, American Institute of Architects. C: Original documents will be provided for Contracting. END OF SECTION AGREEMENT FORM 00 05 20 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 07 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL A. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction of a Small Project", AIA Document A205, Current Edition, is a part of these Contract Documents and is incorporated as fully as if bound herein. B. The General Conditions may be obtained from the Architect's office, or from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue NW, Washington D.C. 20006; Seattle Chapter, American Institute of Architects, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101; and Northwest Washington Chapter, American Institute of Architects as follows. END OF SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 07 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 00 08 00 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS UNLESS EXPRESSLY OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENT THE REFERENCED ARTICLES OF THE "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF A SMALL PROJECT" (AIA DOCUMENT A205, CURRENT EDITION) AND SUPERSEDE THEM WHERE THEY CONTRADICT THE SAME. 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS (Article 1) A. ADD Subparagraph 1.5: 1.5 Sections of Division 1- General Requirements govern the execution of all Sections of the Specifications. ADD Subparagraph 1.6: 1.6 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONVENTIONS 1.6.1 Specifications are of the abbreviated or “streamlined” type and frequently include incomplete sentences. Words and meanings such as “and”, “shall”, “the”, and similar words shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular as the context of the sentences indicates. 1.6.2 Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. Indicative or subjunctive mood may be used to describe responsibilities to be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor, Owner, Architect or others when so noted. 1.2 CONTRACTOR (Article 3) A. ADD to Subparagraph 3.1 the following: No allowance shall subsequently be made on behalf of the Contractor on account of an error on his part or his negligence or failure to acquaint himself with the conditions of the Site. Paragraph 3.6, line 1 DELETE the word .."sales,". ADD to Paragraph 3.6 the following. Applicable sales tax shall be included in progress payments as provided in Article 7 of the Agreement. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 08 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 11 10 - SUMMARY OF WORK A. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division | - General Requirements govern the Work of all Sections of the Specifications. B. The proposed Work comprises the renovation and expansion of an existing one story Type V- B retail building, and related site improvements as shown. C. Work under other contracts: 1. Persons performing Work shall examine surfaces to receive their Work and shall report in writing to Contractor, with copy to Architect, conditions detrimental to Work. Failure to examine and report makes the person responsible, at no increase in Contract Sum, for corrections Architect may require. Commencement of Work constitutes acceptance of surface. SECTION 01 12 50 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Summary: l. Requirements Include: a. Promptly implement change order and field order procedures. (1) Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. (2) Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force account basis. (3) Provide full documentation to Architect on request. 2. Related Requirements: a. Coordinate related requirements specified in other parts of Project Manual including but not limited to the following: (1) Change in the Work: General Conditions (AIA A205), Article 5; Applications for Payment; Construction Schedules; Schedule of Values; Substitutions and Product Options; Project Record Documents. b. Designate in writing the names of authorized members of Contractor's organizations who accept changes in the work, and are responsible for informing other workers of the authorized changes. ¢. Contractor agrees; Architect approves; Owner authorizes. 3. Definitions: a. Change Order: See General Conditions (AIA A205) and Change Order Document (AIA G701). b. Architect's Supplemental Instructions: Work order, instructions, or interpretations, signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Construction Change Directives: Written order to the Contractor, signed by Owner, Architect and Contractor amending Contract Documents as described. This order authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change altering Contract Sum or Contract Time, and is to be included in a subsequent Change Order. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 01 12 90 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. B. Schedule of Values: Submit on AIA Document G703, copy attached. Applications for Payment: Submit on AIA Document G702, copy attached. SECTION 01 13 11 - PROJECT COORDINATION A. General: 1. . Coordinate with Work of other Sections to ensure that all fixtures, devices, switches, outlets, ducts, pipes, and similar items can be installed as shown without modifications to framing. Provide all blockouts, raceways and similar framing as required. 2. Coordinate the Work; do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any subcontractor. 3. Anticipate interrelationship of all subcontractors and their relationship with the total Work. 4. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors and materials suppliers concerning coordination, interference, or extent of Work between Sections. Contractor's decisions, if consistent with Contract Document requirements, shall be final. 5. Verify all dimensions on site. All dimensions are to face or centerline of framing members and concrete unless otherwise shown or noted. SECTION 01 13 12 - PROJECT MEETINGS A. Prior to commencement of Work, a preconstruction conference will be held to discuss procedures to be followed. Location: A site as convenient as possible for all parties, designated by the Architect. Attending shall be: Ls Owner's Representative. 2. Architect. 3. Contractor. 4. Contractor's Representative. 5. Major Subcontractors. 6. Others as appropriate. Progress Meeting 1. Architect will prepare agendas and record agreed action and resolutions in minutes of meeting and distribute to attending parties within 3 working days. Ds Location: A site as convenient as possible for all parties, designated by the architect. 3. Attending shall be: a. Owner's Representative. b. Architect. C; Contractor. d. Contractor's Representative. e. Subcontractors, as appropriate to the agenda. fi Suppliers, as appropriate to the agenda. g. Others, as appropriate to the agenda. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 -2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 01 13 30 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. B. Make submittals promptly and in such a manner as to cause no delay in the Work. Modify drawings, diagrams, and product data to delete information which is not applicable to the Work. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. Number of Submittals Required: l. Shop Drawings: Submit three copies, one will be returned for reproduction by the Contractor and two which will be used for checking and will not be returned. Resubmit as required until final action by the Architect. 2. Product Data, and Non-Reproducible Submittals: Submit number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two which will be retained by the Architect. 3. Samples: Submit number stated in each Section. Begin no fabrication or Work which requires submittals until return of Architect's final reviewed submittals. Submit Progress Schedule to the Architect no later than 15 calendar days after date of commencement of Work. Coordinate progress schedule with Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples submittals. Progress Schedule may be a bar graph. The number of activities and structure of the Progress Schedule shall be adequate to explain the various stages of construction and shall be coordinated with applications for payment specified in Section 01290. Contractor shall update the Progress Schedule and Submittal Log during construction as required to keep them current and submit copies at each weekly meeting. SECTION 01 14 10 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of submission of Bids unless the document is shown dated. Perform the Work in conformance with applicable requirements of all regulatory agencies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. International Building Code (IBC) Current Edition. International Electrical Code (ICC) Current Edition. International Mechanical Code (IMC) Current Edition. International Plumbing Code (IPC) Current Edition. Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code. Current Edition. Washington State Regulations for Barrier-Free Design Current Edition. AM P wh SECTION 01 14 22 - DEFINITIONS A. Terms used on the Drawings or in the Specifications in addition to those shown in General Conditions shall have the following meanings: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 - 3 TERM As Directed As Required As Selected Equal Furnish Install NIC Project Provide Shown Specified PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion MEANING "By the Architect" "By Code; by good building practice; by the condition prevailing; by Contract Documents; by Owner, or by Architect" "By Architect" In the opinion of the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is the responsibility of the Contractor. "Supply and deliver to the Project ready for installation and in operable condition." "Incorporate in the Work in final position, complete, anchored, connected, and in operable condition." Not in Contract Total construction of which Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. "Furnish and install complete." When neither "furnish", "install", nor "provide" is stated, "provide" is implied. "As indicated on the Drawings" "As written in the Project Manual" SECTION 01 15 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Obtain and pay for all special permits and licenses and give all notices required for providing construction facilities and temporary controls. B. Construction facilities and temporary controls shall conform with applicable requirements of the following: 1. Associated General Contractors of America (AGC): Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction. 2. International Building Code (IBC), International Electrical Code (ICC), and International Plumbing Code (IPC): Applicable Chapters and Sections. Cc: Provide and maintain temporary water and electrical service. Pay for water and electric energy used at prevailing rates for service required. D. Provide temporary heat and ventilation required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of Work E. Provide and maintain portable chemical toilets at locations approved by Owner. F. Provide protection for existing trees to remain. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 - 4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion G. Provide and maintain suitable temporary barriers as required to prevent public entry. H. Provide and maintain temporary structures for field offices and construction sheds. I. Temporary Controls: The Washington State Clean Air Act requires the use of all known, available, and reasonable means of controlling air pollution, including dust. Control dust generated during construction activities by wetting dust sources such as areas of exposed soils, washing truck wheels before they leave the Site, and installing and maintaining gravel construction entrances. Construction vehicle track-out is also a major dust source. Any evidence of track out can trigger violations and fines from the Department of Ecology or the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency. (SEPA Natural Environment/Air Quality Policies). J. Mitigation of Damages: During construction protect all adjacent property and structures from damage due to and including, but not limited to, subsidence, erosion and inundation. Mitigation of damages caused by Contractor's operations shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. SECTION 01 16 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. All material and equipment incorporated in the Work shall be new, unless otherwise specified; in condition acceptable to the Architect; suitable for the intended use. B. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, fasteners and adhesives, and other devices and details required for the intended use and effect. C. Product Options and Substitutions: 1. Whenever a product is specified by using a proprietary name or the name of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned shall be understood as establishing type, function, dimension, appearance, and quality desired. Other manufacturer's products will be accepted provided sufficient information is submitted to allow the Architect to determine that products proposed are equivalent to those named. 2. Ifthe Contractor desires to use any other brand, make, or manufacturer of equal quality, appearance, and utility to the product specified, substitution shall be requested as provided herein. 3. Requests for substitution by Contractor constitute representation that Contractor: 4. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 5. Shall provide the same or better warranty for substitution as for specified product. 6. Shall be responsible for effect of substitution upon related Work, shall coordinate installation, and be responsible for other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects, in compliance with design intent and in compliance with all applicable codes and regulatory requirements. 7. Be responsible for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. This includes additional costs for required additional Architect's services made necessary by the substitution. Shall provide all cost savings to Contract Sum as credits. 9. Shall provide specified product, material, or system should substitution be rejected, at no change in Contract Sum. 10. Architect reserves the right to reject proposals due to insufficient information or failure to conform to requirements of Contract Documents. The Architect's decision shall be final. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 - 5 ad PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 11. Formal request for all substitutions items must be submitted to Architect within 30 days after award of Contract. After that period only specified item unavailability will be considered as legitimate reason for substitution request. Product unavailability shall be verified in writing by manufacturer. SECTION 01 17 20 - PREPARATION A. Inspect the Site and location of the Work and become acquainted with and understand all conditions relating to the Work to be performed under this Contract. B. Locate and stake out new construction and utilities. Be responsible for accuracy and correctness of lines, grades, and for establishing location of buried utility lines. SECTION 01 17 70 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Progress Cleaning: 1. 3. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect the structure, and site, pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage. Weekly, and more often if necessary, sweep interior spaces clean. "Clean," for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of reasonable effort and a hand-held broom. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times. Final Cleaning: Prior to final inspection, thoroughly clean building and jobsite. Vacuum clean where appropriate, remove all spots, smears, smudges, dust, debris, handprints, and defacements. Follow recommendations of manufacturers of materials and items to be cleaned for all cleaning, polishing, and treatment such as waxing and sealing. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products, equipment, and systems provided under the Contract. Submit prior to final request for payment. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance and operation of equipment and systems. Warranties and Bonds: Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. Submit prior to final request for payment. Project Record Documents: 1. 2. 3. 4. Final Record Documents: At a time nearing completion of the Work, secure from the Architect at the Contractor's expense one complete set of mylar transparencies of all Drawings in the Contract. Identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET." Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the Architect. Carefully transfer change data to the corresponding transparencies, coordinating the changes as required. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION | - 6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 5. Make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 6. Prior to submitting request for final payment, submit final Project Record Documents, including survey, to the Architect and secure approval. END OF DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1 -7 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 01 23 00 — ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Intent of this Section: To enable the Owner to compare total costs where alternate materials and methods might be used. Alternates have been established as described on the Drawings and in this Section of these Specifications. 1. Related work described elsewhere: a. Materials and methods to be used in the Base Bid and in the Alternates have been described on the Drawings and in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. b. Method for stating the proposed Contract Sum is described in the Bid Form. B. SUBMITTALS I. All Alternates described in this Section are required to be reflected on the Bid Form as submitted by bidders. However, do not submit alternates other than as described in this Section, except as provided for "substitutions" under the General Conditions. C. PRODUCT HANDLING 1. If the Owner elects to proceed on the basis of one or more of the described Alternates, make all modifications to the Work required in furnishing and installing the selected Alternate or Alternates to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner other than as proposed on the Bid Form. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. ALTERNATES A. Alternate One (Additive): h. All work related to remodeling & expanding the two public bathrooms the northeast corner of the building. Work for Alternate One will not be started until after all Base Bid work is completed. B. Alternate Two (Additive): i All work related to adding the outside eating pad. Work for Alternate Two will be completed under the same timeline as Base Bid work. ALTERNATES 01 23 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion C. Alternate Three (Additive): 1. All work related to modifications of the grab & go case. Work for Alternate Three will be completed under the same timeline as Base Bid work. D. Alternate Four (Additive): ' 1. Grind the surface of the concrete Meat Room floor. Work for Alternate Four will be completed under the same timeline as Base Bid work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, hardware and finishes as required and directed to complete work. End of Section 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 01 23 00-2 AC First Floor Interior Improvements PW 639 SECTION 01 31 00 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL COMMUNICATION A. Telephone communication and correspondence shall be between General Contractor's Representative and Architect. B. Subcontractors: Do not contact members of the design team directly. Transmit problems or questions in writing using the Request for Information form (RFI) through the General Contractor to the Architect. 1.02 CORRESPONDENCE A. Address all correspondence to Architect. B. Format: Number correspondence sequentially beginning with Serial Letter #1. Include Project Title. 1.03 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION A. When field conditions or contract document contents require clarification or verification by the Architect or Architect's Consultants, a written RFI is to be submitted per following: 1. Identify the nature and location of each clarification/verification using the Request for Information form and providing no less information than below: a. Project name and number b. Date C. Date response required by d. RFI number e. Subject f. Initiator of the field question g. Indication of costs, if known h. Location on site 1. Contract drawing reference. j. Contract specification section and paragraph reference k. Descriptive text . I: Space for reply on same page as question m. Single subject matter, 1 item each - Architectural, Civil, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical 2. Submit each RFI separately by discipline, and number each discipline sequentially from #001. Only one question per RFI. B. Route: RFI's in same manner as correspondence. PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION 01 3100-1 AC First Floor Interior Improvements PW 639 C. Copy: RFI's in same manner as correspondence. D. Clarifications: May only be discussed on-site or by telephone with Architect or Architect's Consultant. Incorporate the essence of the discussion into an RFI form. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) End of Section 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION 01 3100-2 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION Date From: PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion RFI # (Requestor) Distribution: (Contractor), (Subcontractors), other Date REQUEST Subject: (Contractor), (Subcontractor) (Consultant) Date Reference (drwg./spec. sec.): Requested Information / Solution to: Impact to project cost? Impact to project schedule? RESPONSE Information / solution Yes. Approximate cost impact: ____ Yes, if response not received by Respondent(s): Firm (Name) Date Distribution: Consultant, other Consultant (Name) Date Date Owner Contractor, other PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain Owner's property. Remove, clean, and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. DEMOLITION Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Before proceeding with demolition, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of the building. Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain or construction being demolished. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion G. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. H. Promptly remove demolished materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. Do not burn demolished materials. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. — Submittals: Concrete mix designs. B. Ready-Mixed Concrete Producer Qualifications: ASTM C 94/C 94M. C. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete"; ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials"; and CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. — Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. D. Aggregates: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded. E. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTMC 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. 2.4 MIXES A. | Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm). 3. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of floor slabs to receive troweled finishes to exceed 3 percent. C. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.1 A. M. CONCRETING Construct formwork according to ACI 301 and maintain tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 347R limits of Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for concrete exposed to view and Class C, 1/2 inch (13 mm) for other concrete surfaces. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing, placing, and curing. Surface Finish: Smooth finish. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing for at least seven days. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. Formed Surface Finish: Smooth-formed finish for concrete exposed to view, coated, or covered by waterproofing or other direct-applied material; rough-formed finish elsewhere. Slab Finishes: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Provide the following finishes: 1. Troweled finish for floor surfaces and floors to receive floor coverings, paint, or other thin film-finish coatings. Remove “fins” from panel joints above grade. Remove snap ties and fill holes with waterproof sealant. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing for at least seven days. Begin curing concrete slabs after finishing. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven days. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. C. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Allowances: Furnish face brick under the Face Brick Allowance specified in Division 01 Section "Price and Payment Procedures." Submittals: 1. Material Certificates: For each type of product indicated. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements. Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2: | A. 22 2.3 MASONRY UNITS Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, UBC Standard 21-4; Weight Classification, Normal Weight. MORTAR AND GROUT Mortar: ASTM C 270, proportion specification. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. 2. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. 3. Water-Repellent Additive: For mortar used with concrete masonry units made with integral water repellent, use product recommended by manufacturer of units. Grout: ASTM C 476 with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm). Refractory Mortar: Ground fireclay mortar or other refractory mortar that passes ASTM C 199 test and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. REINFORCEMENT, TIES, AND ANCHORS Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 400). UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. ae INSTALLATION, GENERAL Cut masonry units with saw. Install with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back units; do not tooth. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, unless otherwise indicated. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. CLEANING Clean masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly cured, clean exposed masonry. 1. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying acidic cleaner, then remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 2. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Shop drawings for engineered roof joists. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.2 2.3 2.4 A. B. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. TREATED MATERIALS Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2, except that lumber not in ground contact and not exposed to the weather to be pressure-treated Douglas FirWolmanized, CCA Oxide formulation in conformance with Federal Specification TT-W-571 for preservative material and for pressure treating. 1. Use treatment containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. LUMBER Dimension Lumber: 1. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Douglas Fir No. 2, Western woods: WCLIB or WWPA. 3. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Douglas Fir No. 2, Western woods: WCLIB or WWPA. ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS Engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be demonstrated by comprehensive testing. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1 2.5 2.6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Wood I-Joists: Prefabricated units, made with solid or structural composite lumber flanges and wood-based structural panel webs, let into and bonded to flanges. Provide units complying with material requirements of and with structural capacities established and monitored according to ASTM D 5055S. 1. Structural Properties: Provide units with depths and design values not less than those indicated. 2. Provide units complying with APA PRI-400, factory marked with nominal joist depth, joist class, span ratings, mill identification, and compliance with APA standard. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire- retardant treated, not less than 3/4 inch (12.7 mm) thick. MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2; Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. Metal Framing Anchors: Structural capacity, type, and size indicated. 1. Use anchors made from hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. 2. Use anchors made from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 666, Type 304 for exterior locations and where indicated. Sill-Sealer: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following: L. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 10 00 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. 1.2 1.3 SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: 1. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division | Specification Sections. 2. Product data for each type of product specified, including data substantiating that materials comply with requirements for each dampproofing material specified. Include recommended method of application, recommended primer, number of coats, coverage or thickness, and recommended protection course. a. Certification by dampproofing manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). QU ALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed bituminous damp- proofing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a re- cord of successful in-service performance. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers from one source and by a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS Substrate: Proceed with dampproofing only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. Weather Limitations: Proceed with dampproofing only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's recommendations and warranty requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071 10 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Cold-Applied, Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing: ChemRex, Inc.; Sonneborn Building Products Div. Euclid Chemical Co. Karnak Chemical Corporation. Koppers Industries, Inc. Meadows: W.R. Meadows, Inc. i eS pie BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING A. — General: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for designated application. B. Cold-Applied, Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing: Asphalt-based emulsions recommended by the manufacturer for dampproofing use when applied according to the manufacturer's instruc- tions. 1. Semimastic Grade: Emulsified asphalt semimastic, prepared with mineral-colloid emul- sifying agents and containing fibers other than asbestos, complying with ASTM D 1227, Type III or IV. 2. Spray Grade: Emulsified asphalt, prepared with mineral-colloid emulsifying agents without fibrous reinforcement, complying with ASTM D 1227, Type III. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Asphalt primer complying with ASTM D 41, for asphalt-based dampproofing. B. | Glass Fabric: Woven glass fabric, treated with asphalt, complying with ASTM D 1668, Type I. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. — Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to work; comply with recommenda- tions of prime materials manufacturer. B. __ Install accessories as shown and as recommended by prime materials manufacturer even though not shown. C. Fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers, if any, as recommended by prime materials manufacturer, with particular attention at construction joints. D. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. E. Protection of Other Work: Do not allow liquid and mastic compounds to enter and clog drains and conductors. Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of work by masking or oth- erwise protecting adjoining work. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071 1000-2 3.3 3.4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Comply with manufacturer's recommendations except where more stringent requirements are indicated and where Project conditions require extra precautions to ensure satisfactory perform- ance of work. Application: Apply dampproofing to the following surfaces. 1. Exterior surface of exterior masonry walls below grade, to prevent water-vapor penetra- tion through the wall. 2. Exterior surface of exterior concrete walls below grade, to prevent water-vapor penetra- tion through the wall. 3. Reinforcement: At changes in plane or where otherwise shown as "reinforced," install lapped course of glass fabric in first coat of dampproofing compound before it thickens. COLD-APPLIED, ASPHALT EMULSION DAMPPROOFING Spray Grade: Brush or spray apply a coat of asphalt emulsion dampproofing at a rate of 1.5 to 2.5 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.6 to 1 L/sq. m), depending on substrate texture, to produce a uniform, dry- film thickness of not less than 15 mils (0.4 mm). Apply in 2 coats, if necessary, to obtain re- quired thickness, allowing time for complete drying between coats. PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect exterior, below-grade dampproofing membrane from damage until backfill is completed. Remove overspray and spilled materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing. END OF SECTION 07 10 00 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071 10 00 -3 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 19 00 - CONCRETE SEALER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 A. SUMMARY This Section includes clear water-repellent coatings for the following horizontal surfaces: i Concrete floor slab (unpainted). PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Provide water repellents with the following properties based on testing manufacturer's standard products, according to test methods indicated, applied to substrates simulating Project condi- tions using same materials and application methods to be used for Project. 1. Absorption: Minimum 90 percent reduction of absorption after 24 hours in comparison of treated and untreated specimens. a. Hardened Concrete: ASTM C 642. 2. Water-Vapor Transmission: Maximum 10 percent reduction in rate of vapor transmis- sion in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM E 96. 3. Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry: Maximum 90 percent reduction in leakage rate in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM E 514. 4. Durability: Maximum 5 percent loss of water repellency after 2500 hours of weathering in comparison to specimens before weathering, per ASTM G 53. 3: Permeability: Minimum 80 percent breathable in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM D 1653. 6. Chloride-Ion Intrusion in Concrete: Transportation Research Board, National Research Council's NCHRP Report 244, Series II tests. a. Reduction of Water Absorption: 80 percent. b. Reduction in Chloride Content: 80 percent. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include manufacturer's specifications, surface preparation and application in- structions, recommendations for water repellents for each surface to be treated, and protection and cleaning instructions. Include data substantiating that materials are recommended by manu- facturer for applications indicated and comply with requirements. Applicator Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that the applicator complies with re- quirements. Certification by water repellent manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regula- tions controlling use of VOCs. CONCRETE SEALER 07 1900-1 PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion D. Material Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of water repellents with requirements indicated. E. Material Safety Data Sheets for each product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who employs only persons trained and approved by water repellent manufacturer for application of manufacturer's products. B. — Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable rules of pollution-control regulatory agency having jurisdiction in Project locale regarding VOCs and use of hydrocarbon solvents. C. Field Samples: Architect will select one representative surface for each substrate to receive wa- ter repellents. Apply water repellent to each substrate, with either partial or full coverage as di- rected. Comply with application requirements of this Section. 1. Obtain Architect's approval of field samples before applying water repellents. 2. Maintain field samples during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. | Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent under any of the following conditions, except with written instruction of manufacturer: Ambient temperature is less than 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). Concrete surfaces and mortar have cured for less than 28 days. Rain or temperatures below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) are predicted within 24 hours. Application is earlier than 24 hours after surfaces have been wet. Substrate is frozen or surface temperature is less than 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). Windy condition exists that may cause water repellent to be blown onto vegetation or sur- faces not intended to be coated. Do e SS 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under require- | ments of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by the applicator and water repellent manufacturer, covering materials and labor, agreeing to repair or replace materials that fail to provide water repellency within the specified warranty period. Warranty does not include dete- rioration or failure of coating due to unusual weather phenomena, failure of prepared and treated substrate, formation of new joints and cracks in excess of 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) wide, fire, vandalism, or abuse by maintenance equipment. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. CONCRETE SEALER 07 19 00-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. 22 A. B. MANUFACTURERS Available Products: Subject to. compliance with requirements, products that may be incorpo- rated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Products: Provide the following for sealing concrete surfaces: 1. “Krystol Hydrostop WB”; Kryton International Inc. Products: Provide the following for graffiti control of concrete surfaces: 1. “Sure Klean Weather Blok-Guard & Graffiti Control”; Prosoco, Inc. WATER REPELLENTS Siloxanes: Penetrating water repellent. Alkylalkoxysiloxanes that are oligomerous with alco- hol, ethanol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier. Silane/Siloxane Blends: Consisting of silanes and siloxanes blended to achieve a particular penetration and protection on a specific substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. PREPARATION Clean substrate of substances that might interfere with penetration or performance of water re- pellents. Test for moisture content, according to repellent manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure surface is sufficiently dry. 1. Clay Pavers: Clean clay pavers per ASTM D 5703. 2s Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Per manufacturer’s specifications. Test for pH level, according to water repellent manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure chemical bond to silicate minerals. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow-over of water re- pellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass if there is the possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover trees, live plants and grass. Cover all con- crete, asphalt, concrete and clay paver surfaces. Coordination with Sealants: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured. CONCRETE SEALER 07 19 00 - 3 3.2 3.3 3.4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion L. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and com- patibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant mate- rials identical to those used in the work. Test Application: Before performing water-repellent work, including bulk purchase and deliv- ery of products, prepare a small application in an unobtrusive location and in a manner ap- proved by Architect to demonstrate the final effect (visual, physical, and chemical) of planned application. Proceed with work only after Architect approves test application or as otherwise directed. APPLICATION Apply a heavy-saturation spray coating of water repellent on surfaces indicated for treatment using low-pressure spray equipment. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for using airless spraying procedure, unless otherwise indicated. Apply a second saturation spray coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufac- turer's written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wet- ting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written in- structions are not applicable to Project conditions. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized technical service repre- sentative to inspect and approve the substrate before application and to instruct the applicator on the product and application method to be used. CLEANING Protective Coverings: Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces and other protected areas. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by water-repellent application as work progresses. Repair damage caused by water-repellent appli- cation. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions. | END OF SECTION 07 19 00 CONCRETE SEALER 07 19 00-4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 20 00 - ROOFING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Prior to the application of the Derbigum roof membrane or insulation, plywood roof decks must be covered with a red rosin sheet and two plies PRS Glass base ply, both sheets must be mechanically secured to the deck panels with 15/16 inch diameter head annular shank fasteners prior to the application of the Derbigum membrane or roof insulation. The base plies must be unrolled in place, tacked at one end and allowed to relax. Starting at the tacked end, work out all wrinkles prior to mechanically fastening the remaining portion of the base sheet. In cold weather applications, it is recommended the base sheet be cut in half and allowed to relax prior to application. The red rosin separator and base ply must be installed in accordance with recommendations contained in the current edition of The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual indicating spacing and quantity of fasteners, and in accordance with the FM Global or UL recommendations or requirements if applicable. The Derbigum roof membrane must be applied over the mechanically attached base ply/ plies. Do not directly attach Derbigum roof membrane directly to the plywood deck panels. B. The installation of this section is included in Base Bid Built-up Roofing specifications as appropriate. Related work is specified elsewhere. C: This is a.tapered insulation system. Provide shop drawings for a system with an average insulation value of R-21 designed to drain as indicated on the Roof Plan on Sheet A2.3. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Submit the name of the manufacturer and specification numbers and product names of all materials proposed for use in the work. Include in submittal installation instructions and general recommendations for each principal product required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with requirements, including certificates and delivery logs for bulk materials. B. Manufacturers: Provide primary products, including each type of roofing ply, and flashings, as specified from one manufacturer. Provide secondary products which are acceptable to, and approved by, the manufacturer of the primary products. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Material shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original sealed and labeled containers and in quantities sufficient to allow continuity of application. ROOFING INSULATION 07 20 00 - 1 PART 2 2.01 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Storage: Obtain permission of owner for roof top storage. If roof top storage of materials is used, do not exceed the allowable load for the structure, or 25 psf. Materials shall be stored out of direct exposure to the elements. Roll goods shall be stored on end. All materials to be stored ona clean, flat surface. Material shall be protected against moisture so as not to allow moisture to penetrate the cover or condensation to occur beneath the cover. Handling: Material shall be handled in such a manner as to preclude damage and contamination with moisture or foreign matter. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Basesheet (Vapor Retarder): Two plies PRS Glass base ply, both sheetsmechanically secured. Polyisocyanurate insulation: Closed cell foam, glass fiber reinforced type facers, conforming to the following characteristics: 1. Board Size: 4 foot x 4 foot. 2: Board Thickness: Unless otherwise shown on the plans and drawings, 3.2” with maximum 2” thickness for any one layer. 3. Taper: to achieve one quarter inch 1/4” per foot at locations shown on plans 4. Comp. Strength: Minimum 20 psi. 3. Manufacturer: R-Max, NRG (Manville), or comparable as approved by the roofing materials manufacturer. Coverboard: Mineral Aggregate Board (Perlite), non-combustible expanded perlite/fiber boards, with the following characteristics: Ls Board Density: Minimum 10 pounds/cubic foot. Board Size: Manufacturers standard sizes. 3. Board Taper: to achieve one quarter inch 1/4” per foot at locations shown on the plans 4. Board Thickness: 3/4 inch. 5. Manufacturers: International Permalite/GAF “Sealskin” Manville “Fescoboard,” or comparable as approved by the roofing materials manufacturer. Perlite Cant Strips: Install perlite cant strips at all roof transitions. Storage: Insulation shall not be left exposed to weather, and no more insulation shall be installed than can be covered with new roofing in the same day. ROOFING INSULATION 07 20 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Insulation boards stored on the job site must be stacked on wood pallets above the deck or ground surface. 2. Insulation shall be covered with waterproof tarpaulins (separate from manufacturer’s or supplier’s protective sheeting) to protect from inclement weather. End of Section 07 20 00 ROOFING INSULATION 07 20 00 - 3 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion denon 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84, and as follows: 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less where exposed; otherwise, as indicated in Part 2 "Insulation Products" Article. 2. Smoked-Developed Index: 450 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. INSULATION PRODUCTS Roof insulation: See Section 07 51 13. Exterior walls: 1. Cellulose Insulation: Self-supported, spray applied, cellulosic insulation. Recycled or wood-based cellulosic fiber complying with ASTM C 1149, chemically treated with borate compounds for flame-resistance, processing, and handling characteristics. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke developed indices of 5 and 5, respectively, after installation. 35 High Density Thermal Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665, glass fiber rolls and batts with non- formaldehyde binder, with flanged non-reflective foil facing. Width to fit stud or joist PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Install insulation in areas and in thicknesses indicated or required to produce R-values indicated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Except for loose-fill insulation and insulation that is friction fitted in stud cavities, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. : Place loose-fill insulation to comply with ASTM C 1015. THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Comply with the CIMA's Special Report #3, "Standard Practice for Installing Cellulose Insulation." D. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage. Locate seams at framing members, overlap, and seal with tape. END OF SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion | SECTION 07 31 29 - WOOD SHINGLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 SHINGLES Grading Standard for Wood Shingles: CSSB's "Grading Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar Shingles." Cedar Shingles: No.2 grade, smooth sawn, match size, thickness and spacing of existing shingles. ACCESSORIES Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II, No. 30. Nails: Hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through OSB or plywood sheathing. l. Use shingle-type nails to attach wood shingles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Apply : self-adhering sheet underlayment along entire perimeter of roof sheathing; extend a Comply with CSSB's "Design and Application Manual for Exterior and Interior Walls" for wall installations. END OF SECTION 07 31 29 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 07 31 29-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 51 13 - BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Install new asphalt elastomer membrane secured to a prepared substrate and related flashings as indicated herein and on details and drawings. Product data, Roofing System: Submit the name of the manufacturer and specification numbers and product names of all materials proposed for use in the work. Include in submittal installation instructions and general recommendations for each principal roofing system product required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with requirements, including certificates and delivery logs for bulk materials. Manufacturers: Provide primary products, including each type of roofing ply, and flashings, as specified from one manufacturer. Provide secondary products which are acceptable to, and approved by, the manufacturer of the primary products. Fire rating of system to be U.L Class A, or as approved by other recognized laboratory. Provide the owner with a 10 year N.D.L. (No Dollar Limit) workmanship and material system replacement guaranty from the manufacturer that includes repair of blisters, and does not exclude traffic expected on the roof. Provide the owner with a 2 year workmanship and materials guaranty from the contractor. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Installer Responsibility: A single installer (roofer) shall perform the work, including sheet metal work, as required by this specification. They shall be a firm specializing in roofing system work who has been in business under the same name and ownership for at least 5 years, capable of showing successful installations similar to the work required for this project. The roofing contractor shall be certified as an approved applicator contractor by the manufacturer of the roofing system. Contractor: Notify Owner, Roofing Consultant, and other interested parties 36 hours (one full working day) prior to commencement of work. Manufacturers: Install in accordance with primary products manufacturer, including each type of roofing ply, and flashings, as specified from one BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 0751 13-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion manufacturer. Install secondary products which are acceptable to, and approved by, the manufacturer of the primary products. D. Fire rating of system to be U.L Class B. E. Pre-roofing conference: Prior to the installation of the roofing system, meet at the project site with the roofing contractor, the Owner, Architect, and other entities interested in the performance of the roofing system. Review the requirements (contract documents), submittals, proposed installation schedule, location and storage of materials, requirements for inspections and testing or certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements, proposed installation procedures, and any other items that may be required for completion of the project. If meeting ends with substantial disagreement between parties, determine how disagreement will be resolved, and set date for reconvened meeting. 1.04. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Material shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original sealed and labeled containers and in quantities sufficient to allow continuity of application. B. Storage: Obtain permission of owner for roof top storage. If roof top storage of materials is used, do not exceed the allowable load for the structure, or 25 psf. Materials shall be stored out of direct exposure to the elements. Roll goods shall be stored on end, on a clean, flat surface. Material shall be protected against moisture so as not to allow moisture to penetrate the cover or condensation to occur beneath the cover. C; Handling: Material shall be handled in such a manner as to preclude damage and contamination with moisture or foreign matter. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. At ambient temperatures of 40°F or less, including wind chill, precautions must be taken to ensure that asphalt or adhesive maintains at least the minimum acceptable temperature at the point of application as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer. B. Roof deck shall be clean and dry before any roofing work proceeds. Roofing shall not proceed during precipitation, nor when moisture from dew is present, or if precipitation or other moisture source is expected. C. Protection against staining and mechanical damage shall be provided for adjacent surfaces as required during application of roofing. BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 5113-2 PART 2 2.01 2.02 All products used on this project are to be asbestos free. PRODUCTS PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion A. Roofing membrane to consist of (in addition to materials listed in insulation section): Roofing System Base Sheet Modified Base Sheet, 25 lbs/sq. (over SBS modified base sheet reinforced insulation) with a non-woven glass fiber mat, applied in hot asphalt. Interply Derbibase Ultra, 60 Ibs/sq. APP modified ply sheet reinforced with a composite polyester/fiberglass mat, applied in Permastic with seams heat welded. Surface Derbicolor GP-FR, 100 Ibs/sq. APP Sheet modified capsheet with glass reinforcement and mineral surfacing, applied in Permastic with seams heat welded. Color — match existing. Flashing Ply || Derbibase Ultra, 60 Ibs/sq. APP Sheet modified ply sheet reinforced with a composite polyester/fiberglass mat, applied in Permastic with seams heat welded or torched. Flashing Derbicolor GP-FR, 90 lbs/sq. Set in Surface Perflash plastic cement with seams Sheet heat welded, color - match existing. Miscellaneous A. Asphalt shall be certified for full compliance with the requirements for Type III or IV asphalt listed in Table 1, ASTM D-312. Each container, or bulk shipping ticket shall indicate the equiviscous temperature (EVT), the finished blowing temperature (FBT), and the flash point (FP). Use Type asphalt as instructed by roofing materials manufacturer. B. Cold adhesive shall be a blend of special adhesive asphalts and safe, high-flash, quick drying solvents, type as approved by manufacturer; Siplast PA-311 or Performance Permastic. C. Asphalt primer to be ASTM D-4173, or as approved by the system manufacturer. BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 51 13-3 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion D. Sealant to be a high-grade urethane-based product, such as Sonneborn NP-1, Sika Sikaflex 1A, or Vulkem 921. Provide temperature sensitive sealant as necessary for heated stack vents. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. A pre-construction conference including the Owner, Contractor, Consultant, and roofing materials Manufacturer's representative shall be conducted prior to the application of roofing material. B. Contractor shall verify that work penetrating the roof deck, or which may otherwise impact or affect the roofing, has been properly completed. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: All surfaces shall be swept clean prior to commencement of roofing. B. Insulation & Coverboard: The insulation shall present a smooth surface to accept the coverboard. The coverboard shall present a smooth clean surface to accept the roof membrane. No more insulation or coverboard shall be installed than can be covered with roofing material (through at least the midply) in the same day. 3.03 APPLICATION - BASESHEET & COVERBOARD 3.04 A. General: Application shall be in accordance with insulation and roofing system manufacturer's instructions and the following requirements. Should the manufacturers and these specifications conflict, use more stringent. Application of roofing shall immediately follow application of insulation as a continuous operation. Install the polyisocyanurate insulation set in hot asphalt mopped directly to the basesheet. Install with joints offset by 12 inches minimum. Insulation boards to be tightly butted with no more than 1/8 inch gap. Install the perlite coverboard set in hot asphalt mopped to the insulation board. Install with short joints staggered by 12 inches minimum. Offset joints of perlite by a minimum of 6 inches from underlying polyisocyanurate joints. Perlite insulation boards to be tightly butted with not more than 1/8 inch gap. Provide 36 inch square sumps in insulation and perlite coverboard at roof drain locations. Taper edges. Install perlite cant strip at all roof-to-wall transitions. Set cant strip in hot asphalt for full adhesion,to the perlite insulation board. APPLICATION - ROOFING MEMBRANE BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 5113-4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion A. General: Application shall be in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's instructions and the following requirements. Should the manufacturers and these specifications conflict, use more stringent. Application of roofing shall immediately follow application of coverboard as a continuous operation. B. The basesheet shall be solid mopped with hot asphalt to the perlite coverboard. ¢. Midply & Capsheet: 1. All layers shall be laid free of wrinkles, creases, or fishmouths and shall be laid at right angles to the slope of the deck. Sheets shall be laid directly behind the cold adhesive applicator. Apply cold adhesive uniformly at a minimum rate of 1 1/2 -2 gallons per 100 sq. ft. The ply sheet and capsheet shall each be fully bonded to the underlying sheet in a full layer of adhesive, and shall have minimum three (3) inch side and end laps. Do not apply adhesive in the lap seams. Lap seams shall be torch adhered and rolled with a weighted steel roller after embedment of granules as appropriate. Lap seams in the base sheet, ply sheet, and capsheet shall not coincide with each other. Courses will be staggered a minimum of 12" to prevent stacked laps. D. Baseflashings: The flashing ply sheet reinforcing shall be lapped a minimum of three (3) inches to itself and shall extend a minimum of four (4) inches beyond the toe of the cant and up the parapet wall, under the metal counterflashing, or wrapping the top of the wall to below the nailer on the outside face. The reinforcing sheet shall be adhered in an application of adhesive and mechanically attached to the wall or top of the nailer at the leading edge. The flashing capsheet shall be lapped a minimum of three (3) inches to itself and shall extend a minimum of six (6) inches onto the heavyweight capsheet surface and extend up under the sheet metal counterflashing. Lap seams in the reinforcing layer shall not coincide with lap seams in the capsheet flashing layer. The flashing capsheet shall be torch-adhered or applied in adhesive over the reinforcing layer and mechanically attached to the wall at the leading edge. E. Kettles and tankers shall be equipped with accurate, fully readable thermometers. Asphalt shall not be heated to or above its FP (flash point). Avoid heating at or above the FBT (finished blowing temperature); should conditions make this prohibition impractical, and exception is granted by the roofing consultant, heating above the FBT must not be done for more than four (4) hours. Application temperatures must not be lower than 25°F (14°C) below the EVT nor more than 25°F (14°C) above the EVT (equiviscous temperature). If EVT information is not provided, the following asphalt temperature limits shall be observed: Maximum heating temperature shall be 525°F. Minimum application temperature shall be 425°F. Cutting or alteration of bitumens will not be permitted. All BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 5113-5 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion moppings shall be approximately 25 pounds of asphalt per square, and shall be total in coverage, leaving no breaks or voids. F, Close/wrap ends of cant and counterflashing to provide neat appearance. Where curb meets taller adjacent wall, install surface mount flashing to counterflash the turned up end of the curb coping. G. Verify all drains are functional prior to the start of work. Contractor to be responsible to assure drains are free draining upon completion of roofing work. H. Install 4 Ib/sf lead sheets in cast iron drain sumps, 30" square, both sides primed and set in mastic. End of Section BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 51 13-6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data Shop Drawings, and Samples. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 2.3 SHEET METAL 20 ga, galvanized steel shall be hot dipped process - 1.25 oz. per square feet. FLASHING AND TRIM Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. ACCESSORIES General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, solvent-release type, for expansion joints with limited movement. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where possible. 1. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. l. Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Separation: Separate noncompatible metals or corrosive substrates with a coating of asphalt mastic or other permanent separation. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 2 Maintenance Warehouse PW551 SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Related Sections include the following: 1. 0999 00: Painting WARRANTY General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addi- tion to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 A. JOINT SEALANTS Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. Sealant for Interior Use: L Paintable Acrylic Latex: a. DAP Alex Painters Caulk. b. DuPont Painters Caulk. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-1 2.2 Maintenance Warehouse PW551 2. Fire Stopping sealant: a. STI Series LCI Intumescent Sealant. b. DAP Fire Stop. Sealant for Exterior Use: a. Dow Corning, 790 Building Sealant. b. Pecora, 895 sealant. Sealant for Below Grade Use: a. Bostik, 1100 Urethane Sealant. JOINT-SEALANT BACKING General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: Closed cell ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 | INSTALLATION Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint seal- ants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-2 3.3 3.4 Maintenance Warehouse PW551 above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Delete porous substrates below if not applicable. Insert additional items to suit Project. 4. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 3. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by clean- ing methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. : Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3: Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time back- ings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3, Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow op- timum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or cur- ing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1, Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration to match existing joints. CLEANING JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 3 Maintenance Warehouse | PW551 A. — Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by meth- | ods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 35 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. B. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 08 70 00 -DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 SUMMARY Work under this Section includes furnishing finish hardware. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the Work, shall be furnished, matching items specified in quantity and finish. Furnish complete finish hardware and suitable fasteners for the Project. Quantities listed in any instance are for supplier convenience only and are not guaranteed. SUBMITTALS Submit three copies of completely detailed schedule requirements for the architect’s approval. Provide catalog cuts for all items. Review and acceptance of hardware schedule by architect and Owner does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to fulfill requirements shown and speci- fied. Acceptance of the hardware schedule does not relieve hardware supplier of responsibility for errors and omissions. Hardware required for each door opening shall be given a separate heading number and shall be listed in vertical form. Include all quantities, stock numbers, finishes and sizes as necessary. Submit complete operation and maintenance manual complete with all product data, catalog cuts, manufacturer’s names, addresses and phone numbers. Provide two sets of any special tools shipped with finish hardware products required for main- tenance. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Supplier: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders’ hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the Project for a period of not less than five years. The suppliers shall maintain a small inventory of all standard items supplied for future service by the Owner. Installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions at the Project site. Regulatory Requirements: DOOR HARDWARE 08 70 00-1 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion | L. Operation of doors and hardware shall comply with all applicable local and state current | building codes. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Provide one year written warranty on finish and builders’ hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. — General: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and distinctive qualities of each type of builders’ and finish hardware are indicated in this Section. Products are identified using hardware designation numbers of the listed manufacturer. B. Manufacturers’ Product Designations: Except as shown in the following paragraphs, no substi- tutions will be allowed unless approved by the architect prior to bid opening. Request for ap- proval must be submitted to the architect in writing. Catalog cuts or physicals must be submitted with request for approval. Only requests submitted by a distributor firm will be considered. Fin- ish hardware suppliers must be factory authorized distributors of the products they supply. C. Hand of Door: The Drawings show direction of swing, or hand of each door set. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door movement as shown. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. — Hardware Set #1: a. Reuse existing hinges. 2. Schlage mortis lock L9070 series. a. 626 finish. b. 06L trim. C. Entry function. 3. Exit Device. a. VonDupren XP99 series. 4. Surface Mounted Throw Bolts: a. Ives, SB1630TB. b. 626 finish. 5. Door Seals: a. Pemko, 290APK. 6. Door Sweep: a. Pemko, 18100CP. 7. Astragal: a. Pemko, 375CR. B. Hardware Set #2: DOOR HARDWARE 08 70 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion l. Stanley FBB179 Ball Bearing Hinges. a. 1 % pair per door. b. 626 finish. c. Non-rising pins. d. 4%x41/2. 2: Schlage mortis lock L9070 series. a. 626 finish. b. 06L trim. Cc: Entry function. 3. Exit Device. a. VonDupren XP99 series. 4. Door Seals: a. Pemko, 290APK. Ds Door Sweep: a. Pemko, 18100CP. C. Provide construction keying with removable cylinders. D. Owner will provide final keying after project is complete. PART 3 - PRODUCTS 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount Hardware units at heights indicated in “Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Wood Doors and Frames” by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifi- cally indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and except as may be otherwise directed by the architect. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommenda- tions. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust and check each operating of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or func- tion of every unit. Replace units which can not be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as in- tended for the application made. END OF SECTION 08 70 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 70 00 - 3 | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS Provide in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, in thickness indicated. Type X. Approved Manufacturers: l. National Gypsum. 2. USG. 3. American Gypsum. ACCESSORIES Trim Accessories: ASTM C 1047, formed from galvanized steel sheet. iP Edge Trim: Mud-in type, GA-216 “Corner Bead”, “L”, “LK” or “LC”. Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475/C 475M. 1. Joint Tape: Paper unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Joint Materials: ASTM C475, reinforcing tape, joint compound (products of one manufacturer), adhesive, and water. 3. Fasteners: ASTM C1002 Type S12 hardened screws. Sealant: ASTM C557. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion A. Gypsum Board: Install in accordance with ASTM C840 and manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Fasten gypsum board to furring or framing with screws. NAIL OR STAPLE FASTENERS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT FASTENING OF WALL BOARD, CORNER BEAD OR EDGE TRIM. C. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.2 JOINT TREATMENT A. Level 4 finish per Gypsum Association. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to re- ceive finishes. C. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/16 inch. D. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 33 CLEAN UP A. Remove waste, scrap, materials and tools from work area at the end of each shift. B. Leave work area in clean condition. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 - 2 | PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data for tile and installation materials and Samples for tile. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE l. Mach existing. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. VOC Limit for Adhesives and Fluid-Applied Waterproofing Membranes: 65 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. l. Thin-Set Mortar Type: a. Match existing 2. Grout Type: a. Match existing 3. Grout Color: a. Match existing PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with tile installation standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors in wet areas. TILING 09 30 00 - 1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion B. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." C. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. D. Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. E. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 TILING 09 30 00-2 | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion | SECTION 09 65 19 - RESILIENT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rubber base. PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 BASE A. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof, type recommended by floor material manufacturer. B. Wall Base. 1. Manufacturer: Roppe or approved equal. 2. Type: 700 Series Standard Toe Base. 3. Size 6”. 4. Color: To be selected from manufacturer’s standard selection. PART 3 EXECUTION Bal 3.2 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Fill minor or local low spots and other defects with appropriate substrate filler. B. Vacuum clean substrate. INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install base where indicated. Fit joints tightly. C. Follow all recommendations regarding initial maintenance after installation. CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from surfaces without damage. B. Remove waste, scrap, materials and tools from work area at the end of each shift. C. Leave work area in clean condition. END OF SECTION 09 65 19 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 09 65 19-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 09 90 00 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Summary: Work includes but is not limited to: painting gypsum wallboard walls and ceilings and painting remainder of existing painted surfaces. Painting includes all exposed raceway. B. Submittals: 1. Material Lists: Submit complete and detailed list of materials, proposed for use on the work. Obtain Owner's acceptance before ordering. 2. Product Data: Submit M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals or hazardous materials. All chemicals and hazardous materials to meet NIOSH Permissible Exposure Levels (P.E.L.) and OSHA Time Weighted Average (T.W.A.) requirements. 3. Certificate: Submit manufacturer's certifications that materials are suitable for their intended use on this Work. A. Samples: Submit 2 samples of each type of paint and application specified, on samples of substrate to which paint finish is to be finally applied; samples not less than 12 x 12 inches in size. Furnish additional samples as required until colors, finishes and textures are accepted. Retain accepted samples to be used as the color standard for final finishes. Do not work until colors are approved. 1.2 WORKING CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall provide all necessary lighting and equipment to ensure a through and com- plete job. Light levels in all work areas shall be minimum 30 Foot Candles. Provide light- ing as directed for final inspection of work. B. Dono work when dust or insects are present. C. Do not work outside during damp weather, when temperature is below 50 degrees F, or until surfaces have thoroughly dried from effects of such weather. D. Maintain proper temperature and adequate ventilation for inside work. 1.3 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP OF ADJACENT SURFACES A. Take necessary precautions to protect adjacent surfaces from damage, paint drips, splatters, smudges, etc. Thoroughly clean and restore marred surfaces to Owner's satisfaction. 1.4 FLAMMABLE MATERIALS A. Take extraordinary care to prevent fire. Open cans of paint and varnish only when needed. Keep rubbing cloths and oily rags in tightly closed metal containers, or remove from enclosed areas at close of day's work. PAINTING 09 90 00 - 1 | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion | PART 2 - PRODUCTS | 2.1 PAINT A. Gypsum Wall Board: 1. Sherwin-Williams — ProMar, low VOC. B. Cedar Shingles: 1. | Behr Waterproofing Wood Finish, low VOC. 2. Cabot Semi-Transparent Deck & Siding Stain, low VOC. C. Colors: 1. | Match adjacent surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after painting is complete. B. — Clean and prepare surfaces in an area before beginning painting in that area. Schedule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. 3.2 MIXING AND THINNING A. Proprietary Products 1. Mix and thin in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. B. Other Materials 2. Mix and thin in accordance with standard practice. 333 APPLICATION OF PAINT AND FINISHES A. | Workmanship 1. Highest quality, performed by skilled craftsmen in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Spread material evenly, without runs or sags; cut sharp lines against glass, other materials and different colors. Vary colors of successive coats slightly to avoid PAINTING 09 90 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion skipping. Allow ample time between coats for thorough drying. Use rollers for finish coat on interior walls and ceilings. B. Defective Work 1. Contractor responsible, from whatever cause; refinish at Contractor's expense. 2. Repair work damaged during construction; leave in first class condition at time of final acceptance. 3: Use tarpaulins or drop cloths when working above or adjacent to completed work. Clean paint splatters and stains from finished surfaces. 3.4 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Non-galvanized Ferrous Metal 1. Touch-up damaged areas in shop coat with same material. 2. Two coats alkyd base exterior semi-gloss enamel. B. Galvanized Ferrous Metal 1. Clean unprimed surfaces with paint bond solvent; one coat galvanized iron primer. 2. Two coats exterior alkyd semi-gloss enamel. C. Gypsum Board 1. MPI System No, INT. 9.2F, four coats. 2. Two coats latex primer seale #50. 3. | Two coats water based catalyzed epoxy #115. D. Exposed wood: 1. MPI System No, INT. 6.3T, three coats. 2. One coat latex primer #39. 3. Two coats water based catalyzed epoxy #115. E. Wood Shingles: 1. | Match existing. 2. Hand dip shingles in finish before installation. 3. Two coats. END OF SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING 09 90 00 - 3 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 10 21 13 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ym A. 2.2 TOILET COMPARTMENTS AND SCREENS Products: 1. Bobrick: 1540 Classic Series. 2. Bradley: Plastic Series 400. 3. General Partitions: 40 Series. MATERIALS Panel, Pilaster, and Door Material: 1. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. 2. Color: To be selected from manufacturer’s standard selection. Core Material for Plastic Laminate: ANSI A208.1, 3-ply 45 pound density particleboard, in thicknesses required to provide nominal thicknesses of 1 inch (25 mm) minimum for doors, panels, and screens and 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum for pilasters. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel not less than 3 inches (75 mm) high. Brackets: Stirrup. 1. Material: Stainless steel. FABRICATION Toilet Compartments: Overhead braced and floor anchored. Urinal Screens: Wall hung. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, in-swinging doors. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Door Hardware: Stainless steel. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 1. an Hinges: Self-closing type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. Latches and Keepers: Surface-mounted unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. _ Coat Hook: Combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Door Bumper: Rubber-tipped bumpers at out-swinging doors or entrance screen doors. Door Pull: Provide at out-swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. INSTALLATION Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb, with not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) between pilasters and panels and not more than | inch (25 mm) between panels and walls. Provide brackets, pilaster shoes, bracing, and other components required for a complete installation. Use theft-resistant exposed fasteners finished to match hardware. Use sleeve nuts for through- bolt applications. 1. Di. Stirrup Brackets: Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 10 21 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13-2 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION SECTION 22 10 00 - PLUMBING PIPING 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Project Manual are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. SUMMARY A. Provide materials and installation for complete first class plumbing systems, within and to five feet beyond building perimeter unless noted otherwise on Contract Drawings; Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping, Domestic Water Piping, Domestic Water Valves, Testing and other normal parts that make the systems operable, code compliant and acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references: 1. 2009 Edition of the International Plumbing Code. 2. 2009 Edition of International Mechanical Code with WA State Amendments. 3. 2009 Edition of International Building Code with WA State Amendments. 4. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s name and pressure rating shall be permanently marked on valve body. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-1 = PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION B. The Contractor shall notify the manufacturer's representative prior to installing any copper press fittings. The Contractor shall obtain the representative’s guidance in any unfamiliar installation procedures. The manufacturer's representative of copper press fittings or shall conduct periodic inspections of the installation and shall report in writing to the Contractor and Owner of any observed deviations from manufacturer’s recommended installation practices. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company shall have minimum three years experience specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section. All pipe, fittings, couplings, gaskets and valves shall be manufactured domestically. D. Installer Qualifications: 1. Company shall have minimum three years experience specializing in performing the work of this section. 2. All installers of copper press fittings shall be trained by the fitting manufacturer's appointed representative. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Code and Standards compliance, manufacturer's data for pipe, fittings, valves and all other products included within this specification section. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. B. Record Documents: 1. Record actual locations of valves, etc. and prepare valve charts. 2. Test reports and inspection certification for all systems listed herein. 3. Provide a certificate of completion detailing the domestic water system chlorination procedure and all laboratory test results. 4. Submit proposed location of access panels which vary from quantities or locations indicated on Contract Drawings. 5. Provide full written description of manufacturer’s warranty. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-2 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 1. Include components of system, servicing requirements, Record Drawings, inspection data, installation instructions, exploded assembly views, replacement part numbers and availability, location and contact numbers of service depot. 106 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. B. All materials shall be new, undamaged, and free of rust. Accept valves on Site in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary protective coating and end plugs on valves not packaged within containers. Maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary end caps and closures on pipe and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. Protect installed piping, valves and associated materials during progression of the construction period to avoid clogging with dirt, and debris and to prevent damage, rust, etc. Remove dirt and debris and repair materials as work progresses and isolate parts of completed system from uncompleted parts. Protect all materials that are to be installed within this project from exposure to rain, freezing temperatures and direct sunlight. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide materials as specified herein and indicated on Contract Drawings. All materials and work shall meet or exceed all applicable Federal and State requirements and conform to adopted codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. Pressure ratings of pipe, fittings, couplings, valves, and all other appurtenances shall be suitable for the anticipated system pressures in which they are installed. 2.02 SANITARY WASTE PIPING A. Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings with hubless connections using clamp type gasketed mechanical fasteners above ground and hub and spigot DWV pipe and fittings with neoprene compression gasket joints for all buried pipe. Cast iron soil pipe, fittings and hub gaskets shall be manufactured by Tyler Pipe or Charlotte Pipe and Foundry. All cast iron pipe and fittings shall be of the same manufacturer. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-3 2.03 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Unburied storm drainage and sanitary waste and vent piping for sizes 4” and smaller may be seamless copper DWV tube with wrought copper or wrought copper alloy solder joint drainage pattern DWV fittings. Indirect waste piping sizes 1-1/4” through 2” serving fixtures and equipment shall be seamless copper DWV tube with wrought copper or wrought copper alloy solder joint drainage pattern DWV fittings. Indirect waste piping sizes 1” and smaller serving equipment shall be type "L" hard drawn copper pipe and wrought copper or cast copper alloy solder joint fittings using lead-free solder and non-corrosive flux. Elbows shall be long radius type. Tee fittings shall be combination wye with 45 degree elbow. Cast iron soil pipe compression gaskets shall be monolithically molded from an elastomer meeting ASTM C 564 and shall be of same manufacturer as pipe and fittings. Solder for copper piping shall be 95.5% Tin, 4% Copper and 0.05% Silver solder conforming to ASTM B32. Use flux recommended by solder manufacturer and conforming to ASTM B813. Lubricant for drainage cleanout plugs shall be Loctite Marine Grade Anti-Seize or approved equal by Bostik Chemical Group, or Dow Corning Corporation. Double sanitary tee fittings shall be not be used as a drainage fitting. Provide IAPMO figure one, IAPMO figure five or double wye and eighth bend fittings on vertical lines serving back-to-back fixture drains. Double wye and eighth bend fittings shall not be installed in horizontal drain lines. All P-traps for floor drains, floor sinks and hub drains shall be deep-seal type. Provide threaded brass or copper adapters to connect fixture supply stops and waste to service piping within walls. Galvanized nipples shall not be acceptable. Provide DWV copper trap adapters to connect lavatory, sink and drinking fountain trap outlets to sanitary system. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND VALVES (INCLUDING COLD AND HOT WATER) A. All materials within domestic water distribution systems that may come in contact with the potable water delivered shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 61. All brass and bronze piping materials within domestic water distribution systems that may come in contact with the potable water delivered shall have no more than 15% zinc content. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-4 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION C. Unburied piping shall be type "L" hard drawn copper pipe and wrought copper or cast copper alloy solder joint fittings using lead-free solder and non-corrosive flux. Piping sizes 2-1/2” and larger may be type “L” hard drawn copper and wrought copper or cast copper alloy roll groove fittings utilizing no-sweat coupling and flange adapter assemblies as manufactured by Victaulic or Anvil. D. Unburied piping sizes /%” through 2" installed within occupied buildings for modifying systems having an operating pressure that will not exceed 200 p.s.i.g. may utilize copper press fittings manufactured by NIBCO, Elkhart or Viega conforming to the material and sizing requirements of ASME B16.18 or ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Copper press fittings shall be rated at 200 psi working pressure and 250 degree working temperature. All copper press fittings, couplings and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Installation tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the components. E. Solder for copper piping shall be 95.5% Tin, 4% Copper and .05% Silver conforming to ASTM B32. Use water soluble flux recommended by solder manufacturer and conforming to ASTM B813 and NSF 61. F. Pipe joint compound shall be lead-free, non-toxic, non-hardening and compliant with ANSI/NSF 61 and Federal Specification TT-S-1732. Temperature service range of -15°F to +400°F, manufactured by Hercules “MegaLoc” or approved equal by Rectorseal, La-Co or Oatey. G. Isolation valves: 3” (76mm) and smaller: Apollo brand bronze or steel ball valves with appropriate trim. Provide full port ball valve with two position lever handle with positive shutoff. End connections: Up to 3” (76mm) shall be threaded; greater than 3” (76mm) shall be flanged. Require adequate unions and flanges at the valve for removal and repair, or provide a design which permits inspection and repair of seats and seals without removing valve body from line. Provide label on all valves pertaining to area serviced along with label schedule in mechanical room. H. All materials within domestic water distribution systems that may come in contact with the potable water delivered shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 61. I. All brass and bronze valve materials within domestic water distribution systems that may come in contact with the potable water delivered shall have no more than 15% zinc content. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-5 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION J. Line Shut-Off Valves up to and including 2” shall be two-piece bronze body of ASTM B584 Alloy 844, ASTM B61, or ASTM B62, full port ball type rated at 600 WOG with threaded connections, blow-out proof stem, plastic coated handle, Teflon packing, 316 stainless steel ball and stem. Acceptable valves are NIBCO Model T-585-70-66, or approved equivalent model by Crane, Milwaukee or Apollo. K. Line Shut-Off Valves sizes 2-1/2” and 3” shall be full port ball type rated at 400 WOG with threaded connections, two-piece bronze body ASTM B584 with 316 stainless steel ball and stem, plastic coated handle, blow out proof stem and reinforced Teflon seats. Acceptable valves are Kitz Model 68PM, or approved equivalent model by Crane, NIBCO, Milwaukee or Apollo. L. Provide line shut-off valves that have the same inside diameter of the upstream pipe in which they are installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before commencing work, check final grade and pipe invert elevations required for drain terminations and connections to ensure proper slope. 3.02 |. PREPARATION A. Ream pipes and tubes. Remove burrs, scale and dirt, inside and outside, before assembly. Remove foreign material from piping. B. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations. C. General Piping 1. Care shall be exercised to avoid alt cross connections and to construct the plumbing systems in a manner which eliminates the possibility of water contamination. 2. Install all materials and products in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations. Use tools manufactured for the installation of the specific material or product. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 6 10. 11. 12. 13; 14. 16. PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Heat generated by soldering procedures shall not be transmitted to valves, copper alloy roll groove fittings, copper press fittings, no-hub clamps, or any other components installed within the piping system that may be damaged due to high temperatures. Contractor shall take all precautions necessary, including utilizing wet wrapping or allowing heated piping to cool to ambient temperature before attachment. Pipe joints, no-hub clamps, flanges, unions, etc., shall not directly contact or be encased in concrete, or be located within wall, floor or roof penetrations. Route piping in direct orderly manner and maintain proper grades. Installation shall conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of spaces. Route exposed piping parallel to walls. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. Install piping to allow for expansion and Contraction without stressing pipe, joints or connected equipment. Furnish all supports required by the piping included in this specification section. Penetrations through fire rated walls, floors and partitions shall be sealed to provide a ULL. rating equal to or greater than the wall, floor or partition. Seal all penetrations through floors, exterior building walls and grade beams air and water tight. Each plumbing pipe projecting through roof shall be installed in accordance with Contract Specifications and Drawings. Penetrations shall be sealed air and water tight. Refer to details on Contract Drawings and coordinate with General Contractor for flashing requirements. Furnish and install all necessary valves, traps, gauges, strainers, unions, etc. for each piece of equipment (including Owner furnished equipment) having plumbing connections, to facilitate proper functioning, servicing and compliance with code. Provide code-approved transition adapters when joining dissimilar piping materials. Adaptors installed shall be manufactured specifically for the particular transition. All piping shall have reducing fittings used for reducing or increasing where any change in the pipe sizes occurs. No bushing of any nature shall be allowed in piping. Piping shall be insulated in accordance with Contract Documents. . Provide clearance for installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents, drains, unions, etc. Provide dielectric isolation device where non-ferrous components connect to ferrous components. Devices shall be dielectric union, coupling or dielectric flange fitting. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-7 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 17. All piping shall be isolated from building structures, including partition studs, to prevent transmission of vibration and noise. 18. Isolate all bare copper pipe from ferrous building materials. “Tape is not an acceptable isolator. D. Drainage and vent systems 1. Slope drainage lines uniformly at 1/4" per foot, for lines 3" and less, and 1/8" per foot for larger lines, unless noted otherwise on Contract Drawings. Maintain gradients through each joint of pipe and throughout system. The size of drainage piping shall not be reduced in size in the direction of flow. Drainage and vent piping shall conform to the sizes indicated on the Contract Drawings. Waste lines from water closets shall not be smaller than four inches. Under no circumstances shall any drain or vent line below slab be smaller than two inches. Unburied horizontal cast iron soil piping shall be supported at least at every other joint except that when the developed length between supports exceeds four feet, they shall be provided at each joint. Supports shall also be provided at each horizontal branch connection and at the base of each vertical rise. Supports shall be placed immediately adjacent to the joint. Suspended lines shall be braced to prevent horizontal movement. Unburied vertical cast iron soil piping rising through more than one floor level shall be supported with riser clamps at each floor level. Install couplings for hubless pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's published recommendations. Use pre-set torque wrench and tighten band screws to 80 inch pounds minimum or as required by manufacturer’s published instructions. All unburied change of direction fittings within the roof drainage system shall be braced against thrust loads that might result in joint separation due to dynamic forces caused by sudden, heavy rainfall conditions. Bracing shall incorporate galvanized steel pipe clamps and tie rods. Provide cleanouts within sanitary waste systems at locations and with clearances as required by the code, at the base of each waste stack and at intervals not exceeding 90 feet in horizontal runs. A removable sink or lavatory p-trap with cleanout plug shall be considered as an approved cleanout for 2” diameter pipe. All interior cleanouts shall be accessible from walls or floors. Provide wall cleanouts in lieu of floor cleanouts wherever possible. A floor cleanout shall be installed only where installation of a wall cleanout is not practical. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-8 9; PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Coordinate the location of all cleanouts with the architectural features of the building and obtain approval of locations from the Project Architect. 10. Lubricate cleanout plugs with anti-seize lubricant before installation. Prior to final completion, remove cleanout plugs, re-lubricate and reinstall using only enough force to provide a water and gas tight seal. E. Domestic water system 1. On each water supply line serving a plumbing fixture, item of equipment, or other device which has a water supply discharge outlet below the overflow rim, or where cross contamination may occur, provide and install an approved vacuum breaker or backflow ~ preventer. Installation of vacuum breakers shall prevent any possible backflow through them. Copper piping shall be supported at no greater than six foot intervals for piping 1-1/2" and smaller and ten foot intervals for piping 2" and larger in diameter. Install all water piping to allow all piping within the system to be drained at low points. Air chambers, dead-legs, or any other piping arrangement that may allow water to stagnate shall not be installed within domestic water systems. Valves installed for future connections shall not extend more than 24” from an active main. Provide manufactured water hammer arrestors in water supply lines as indicated on Contract Drawings and in accordance with Standard PDI-WH201. Install union type fitting downstream of isolation valves at equipment connections. Solder joint fittings shall not be installed within 24" of a copper press fitting. Threaded adaptors shall be of the same manufacture and type as the system’s copper fittings. Threaded adaptors on supply stub-outs shall be installed prior to construction of wall and shall not extend more than 1” beyond wall face. F. Domestic water valves L. Domestic water shut-off valves shall be installed where shown on Drawings, at each fixture and piece of equipment, at each branch take-off from mains, at the base of each riser, and at each battery of fixtures. Install shut-off valves in accessible locations. Provide access panels where valves would otherwise be inaccessible. Coordinate quantity, size and location requirements of access panels with General Contractor. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-9 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Install shut-off valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Where threaded valves are installed in copper piping systems special care shall be taken to avoid damaging the valve or its parts due to overheating. Install copper or bronze male adapters in each inlet of threaded valves. Sweat solder adapters to pipe prior to connecting to valve body. Provide accessible check valves in the individual cold and hot water fixture supply lines serving mixing valve type faucets or assemblies having hose connection outlets that are not equipped with integral check stops. 3.04 TESTING A. General 1. Equipment, material, power, and labor necessary for the cleaning, flushing, sterilization, inspection and testing of systems covered within this Specification Section shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor. All testing and inspection procedures shall be in accordance with Division | and Special Condition requirements of this Contract. All new and parts of existing altered, extended, or repaired plumbing system piping shall be tested and inspected for leaks and defects. Piping being tested shall not leak nor show any loss in test pressure for duration specified. In cases of minor installation and repairs where specified water and/or air test procedures are deemed impractical, Contractor shall obtain written approval from Owner’s Representative to perform alternate testing and inspection procedures. Alternate testing and inspection procedures for minor installation and repairs shall include visual evaluation of installed components by Owner’s Representative during a simulation of use. The water utilized for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. Prepare testing reports. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each segment, complete with diagram or clear description of applicable portion of piping. After inspection has been approved or portions thereof, certify in writing the time, date, name and title of the persons reviewing the test. This shall also include the description of what portion of the system has been approved. Obtain approval signature by Owner’s Representative. A complete record shall be maintained of all testing that has been approved, and shall be made available at the job Site. Upon completion of the work, all records and certifications approving testing requirements shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative before final payment is made. PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 10 | PT FOOD CO-OP | RENOVATION & EXPANSION 6. Verify systems are complete, flushed and clean prior to testing. Isolate all equipment subject to damage from test pressure. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. Leave piping uninsulated, uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Where any portion of piping system must be concealed before completion of entire system, the portion shall be tested separately as specified for the entire system prior to concealment. Contractor shall expose all untested covered or concealed piping. 7. Gauges used for testing shall have increments as follows: a. Tests requiring a pressure of 10 psi or less shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 0.10 psi or less. b. Tests requiring a pressure of greater than 10 psi but less than or equal to 100 psi shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of | psi or less. c. Tests requiring a pressure of greater than 100 psi shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 2 psi or less. 8. Separately test above and below ground piping. 9. Do not introduce test water into piping systems when exposure to freezing temperatures is possible. 10. Do not introduce test water into sections of piping located above existing sensitive areas and/or equipment that may be damaged or contaminated by water leakage. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative to determine areas and/or equipment considered as being sensitive. 11. Defective work or material shall be reworked and replaced, and inspection and test repeated. Repairs shall be made with new materials. Pipe dope, caulking, tape, dresser couplings, etc., shall not be used to correct deficiencies. 12. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning up any leakage during flushing, testing, repairing and disinfecting to the original condition any building parts subjected to spills or leakage. B. Drainage and Vent system (Except Indirect drain lines) 1. Subject gravity drainage and vent piping and joints to a vertical water column pressure of at least ten feet. If after 12 hours the level of the water has been lowered by leakage, the leaks must be found and stopped and the water level shall again be raised to the level described and the test repeated until, after a 12 hour retention period, there shall be no perceptible lowering of the water level in the system being tested. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 11 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 2. Piping located above sensitive areas and/or equipment that may be damaged or become contaminated due to test water leakage shall be tested with air. Isolate the test section from all other sections and slowly fill pipe with oil-free air until there is a uniform gauge pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (34.5 kPa) or sufficient pressure to balance a 10- inch (254 mm) column of mercury. The air pressure shall be regulated to prevent the pressure inside the pipe from exceeding 5.0 PSIG. This pressure shall be held for a test period of at least 15 minutes. Any adjustments to the test pressure required because of changes in ambient temperature or the seating of gaskets shall be made prior to the beginning of the test period. 3. Test forced (pumped) drainage piping by plugging the end of the piping at the point of connection with the gravity drainage system and applying a pressure of Spsi (34.5 kPa) greater than the pump rating, and maintaining such pressure for 15 minutes. 4. After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent and drain piping as required to isolate system being tested. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). Use U-tube or manometer inserted in fixture trap to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Should the completion of these tests leave any reasonable question of a doubt relative to the integrity of the installation, additional tests or measures shall be performed to demonstrate the reliability of these systems to the complete satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative. 6. Test plugs must extend outside the end of pipe to provide a visible indication for removal after the test has been completed. C. Domestic Water System 1. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic pressure of at least 125 pounds per square inch gauge, but not less than the operating pressure under which it is to be used, for a period of no less than 12 hours. During test period, all pipe, fittings and accessories in the particular piping system that is being tested shall be carefully inspected. If leaks are detected, such leaks shall be stopped and the hydrostatic test shall again be applied. This procedure shall be repeated until, for an entire 12 hour period. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-12 | PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 2. After completion of the testing, all new and/or altered water piping systems shall be thoroughly sterilized with a solution containing not less than 50 parts per million of available chlorine. Do not exceed 150 parts per million at any time. Introduce chlorine into the supply stream at a rate sufficient to provide a uniform concentration throughout the system. All outlets shall be opened and closed several times. When the specified level of chlorine is detected at every outlet in the system, close all valves to prevent release of water from the system for 24 hours. At the completion of the 24 hour disinfection period, test every outlet for a minimum chlorine residual of fifty parts per million. This minimum residual must be present to proceed with flushing. Flush the system with clean water at a sufficient velocity until the residual chlorine detected at every outlet is within 0.2 parts per million of the normal water supply’s level. 3. Sufficient samples must be taken no sooner than 24 hours after sterilization and flushing to represent the extent and complexity of the affected water system, along with a control sample to indicate municipal water quality at the time of testing. Send water samples to an accredited laboratory to perform qualitative and quantitative bacteriological analysis in accordance with AWWA C651. Contractor shall obtain written certification from the independent testing agency stating that the water samples meet Federal and State guidelines for safe drinking water. Upon satisfactory completion of all procedures, and receipt of acceptable laboratory test results, obtain written approval by Owner's representative. Failure to fully comply with the above procedures will result in a requirement to repeat the procedure until acceptable results are achieved, at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Isolate or bypass equipment that would be detrimentally affected by disinfecting solution. Isolate all other sections of the domestic water system not being disinfected to prevent migration of chlorine. 5. Prior to injection of chlorine into the piping system, strategically place signs stating “Heavily Chlorinated Water - Do Not Drink”, and protect all outlets to prevent use during disinfection and flushing procedures. 6. A bacteria test is not necessary for small scale work. However, disinfection is required. Examples of small scale work are less than 20 feet of pipe, replacement and/or installation of a sink, drinking fountain, eyewash, backflow preventer, isolation valve, etc. Disinfect individual parts, fixtures, isolation valves, pipes, etc. by swabbing with full strength bleach (5.25%) or soaking for at least 30 minutes in a 500 ppm chlorine solution. The 500 ppm solution can be made by adding one part 5.25% bleach (household bleach) to 100 parts drinking water. For example 3-1/2 ounces of bleach can be added to 2-1/2 gallons drinking water. Materials should then be thoroughly rinsed before putting into service. END OF SECTION 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 13 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Project Manual are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. SUMMARY A. This section includes the furnishing of all labor and materials necessary for a complete installation of all plumbing fixtures indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project. B. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references: 1. 2009 Edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code 2. Americans with Disabilities Act, 28 CFR Part 35 Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in State and Local Government Services, Final Rule, as published in the Federal Register. PRODUCTS NOT FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Rough-in for and make final connection to Owner furnished fixtures and equipment requiring plumbing services. B. Rough-in for and make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished under other divisions of these Contract Specifications requiring plumbing services. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures, trim, accessories and carriers of any one type shall be by the same manufacturer throughout. B. All fixtures and trim shall be new, institutional/commercial quality and free from mars, chips, blemishes or any defects. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 1 B. Cc PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 1. Provide manufacturer’s data sheets indicating Code and Standards compliance, illustrations of fixtures, physical sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim and finishes. Record Documents: 1. Provide full written description of manufacturer’s warranty. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Include installation instructions, exploded assembly views. servicing requirements, inspection data, installation instructions, spare parts lists, replacement part numbers and availability, location and contact numbers of service depot, for all plumbing specialties installed 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. B. Accept fixtures on Site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. Protect all fixtures and trim before and after installation from exposure to rain, freezing temperatures and direct sunlight. Protect installed fixtures and trim from damage and/or entry of foreign materials by temporary covers during the construction phase of this project. Do not allow use of installed fixtures and trim for any reason, other than testing, during the construction phase of this project. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are either as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. Designate within submittals that measurements have been verified, and note which measurements are the basis for construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. B. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide stainless steel covers for all unused sink faucet/accessory holes. Covers shall be secured with stainless steel bolt and wing nut. Snap-in type covers are not acceptable. Covers shall provide a watertight seal by utilizing rubber gasket or plumbers putty. Slip joints shall be permitted only on the fixture trap inlet, within the trap seal and at outlet connection to the trap adapter. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 2 2.02 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION . Fittings and piping shall be brass and, wherever exposed, shall be polished chrome-plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome-plated brass or stainless steel wherever pipes pass through floors, walls or ceilings. . Fixture supplies shall be loose key angle stops with 1/2" LP.S. female inlets and shall include wall flanges and brass risers. All components shall be chrome plated. In all cases, all piping, tubing, fittings and faucets shall be installed using mechanical non-slip connections, such as bull-nose, flanged, ferrule or threaded fittings. Fittings requiring a friction fit using slip-on or gasket connections are not acceptable. Risers for lavatories shall be minimum 3/8” O.D. Risers for sinks and tank type water closets shall be 1/2” O.D. Fixtures shall have flow control devices to limit the flow of water to a maximum rate in accordance with the following table whether specifically scheduled or not: 1. Lavatory Faucet: 2.2 GPM (at 60 psi) 2. Sink Faucet: 2.2 GPM (at 80 psi) 3. Water Closet Flush Valve: 2 Gallons Per Flush 4. Urinal Flush Valve: 1 Gallon Per Flush _ Unless noted otherwise, install each lavatory, sink and drinking fountain with chrome-plated, 17 gauge trap with cleanout plug that is easily removable for servicing and cleaning. Slip joints shall be permitted only on the fixture trap inlet, within the trap seal and at outlet connection to the trap adapter. . Fittings and piping shall be brass and, wherever exposed, shall be polished chrome-plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome-plated brass or stainless steel wherever pipes pass through floors, walls or ceilings. Fixture supplies shall be loose key angle stops with 1/2" I.P.S. female inlets and shall include wall flanges and brass risers. All components shall be chrome plated. In all cases, all piping, tubing, fittings and faucets shall be installed using mechanical non-slip connections, such as bull-nose, flanged, ferrule or threaded fittings. Fittings requiring a friction fit using slip-on or gasket connections are not acceptable. Risers for lavatories shall be minimum 3/8” O.D. Risers for sinks and tank type water closets shall be 1/2” O.D. [ EXCEPTION: Hose type riser supplies are acceptable when supplied and required by the fixture manufacturer ]. Provide A.D.A. compliant molded insulation on exposed water and drain piping beneath handicap accessible lavatories and sinks. Insulation shall be designed to all removal and reinstallation for trap servicing. - Wall mounted lavatories, urinals and water closets shall be supported with commercial carriers bolted to floor, model to suit installation. Provide concealed arm type carriers for lavatories. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Stainless Steel Sinks: By kitchen equipment supplier PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 3 Vitreous China Water Closets: Vitreous China Urinals: Vitreous China Lavatories: Manual Flush Valves: Fixture Stops & Supplies: 7“ oa 7 B® GO O Fixture Traps: I. Toilet Seats: J. Fixture Carriers: K. A.D.A. Insulation Kits: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Manual Lavatory/Sink Faucets: PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Match existing Toto UT104E Low Consumption Washout Match existing Match existing Match existing Chicago Chicago, McGuire Match existing Wade, Mifab, Josam, Zurn, Smith Mcguire, Truebro A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of countertop lavatories, sinks, faucets and related trim and accessories. C. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes required by code, as recommended by the manufacturer, and as indicated in Contract Drawings fixture rough-in schedule. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations. C. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services and perform all operations required in connection with or properly incidental to the installation of complete plumbing fixtures, as indicated on Contract Drawings, reasonably implied therein or as specified herein, unless specifically excluded. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 4 3.04 3.05 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION . Each piece of trim shall be furnished whether specifically mentioned or not, in order to provide a complete first-class installation. Furnish and install all required water, waste, soil and vent connections to all plumbing fixtures, together with all fittings, supports, fastening devices, cocks, valves, traps, etc., leaving all in complete working order. Provide accessible check valves in the individual cold and hot water fixture supply lines serving mixing valve type faucets or assemblies having hose connection outlets that are not equipped with integral check stops. Coordinate mounting heights of plumbing fixtures with architectural details/elevations. G. Install fixtures and trim in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. H. All exposed chrome plated, polished or enameled fixtures and trim shall be installed with special care, leaving no tool marks on finishes. Install flexible brass fixture supply risers using manufactured tube bending tools. Bending tubes only with the use of hands shall not be permitted. Install each fixture trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. Provide chrome-plated deep escutcheons where required to cover non-chrome-plated piping © projecting through walls. . Thoroughly fill spaces between fixtures and walls, countertops and/or floors with waterproof, mold resistant, non-toxic, non-shrinkable white tile caulking. Install components firmly fixed, level and plumb. . Install and secure all wall mounted fixtures in place with commercial carriers and bolts in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Fixture weight shall not be transmitted to walls, partitions or service piping. Installation shall prevent any movement of fixture during use. INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS AND TRADES A. Review Architectural Drawings. Confirm cabinet size and installation heights and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. TESTING . Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise or overflow. . Adjust and set sensor faucet mixing valves to provide desired water temperature at spout outlet. C. Insure that all traps are filled with water and maintain trap seal. . After fixtures have been installed and water systems are pressurized, test each fixture and associated trim for proper operation and inspect for leaks. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all components operate properly. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00-5 | | PT FOOD CO-OP | RENOVATION & EXPANSION | 3.06 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean all plumbing fixtures and equipment furnished under this Contract prior to final acceptance. B. Thoroughly flush and clean all faucet spout outlet screens and flow control devices. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit use of fixtures until after Substantial Completion has been announced by Owner. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 6 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Project Manual are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section includes the furnishing of all labor and materials necessary for a complete installation of all plumbing fixtures indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project. B. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references: 1. 2009 Edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code 2. Americans with Disabilities Act, 28 CFR Part 35 Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in State and Local Government Services, Final Rule, as published in the Federal Register. 1.04 PRODUCTS NOT FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Rough-in for and make final connection to Owner furnished fixtures and equipment requiring plumbing services. B. Rough-in for and make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished under other divisions of these Contract Specifications requiring plumbing services. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures, trim, accessories and carriers of any one type shall be by the same manufacturer throughout. B. All fixtures and trim shall be new, institutional/commercial quality and free from mars, chips, blemishes or any defects. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 1 B. C. PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION 1. Provide manufacturer’s data sheets indicating Code and Standards compliance, illustrations of fixtures, physical sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim and finishes. Record Documents: 1. Provide full written description of manufacturer’s warranty. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Include installation instructions, exploded assembly views. servicing requirements, inspection data, installation instructions, spare parts lists, replacement part numbers and availability, location and contact numbers of service depot, for all plumbing specialties installed 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. B. D. Accept fixtures on Site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. Protect all fixtures and trim before and after installation from exposure to rain, freezing temperatures and direct sunlight. Protect installed fixtures and trim from damage and/or entry of foreign materials by temporary covers during the construction phase of this project. Do not allow use of installed fixtures and trim for any reason, other than testing, during the construction phase of this project. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are either as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. Designate within submittals that measurements have been verified, and note which measurements are the basis for construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide stainless steel covers for all unused sink faucet/accessory holes. Covers shall be secured with stainless steel bolt and wing nut. Snap-in type covers are not acceptable. Covers shall provide a watertight seal by utilizing rubber gasket or plumbers putty. Slip joints shall be permitted only on the fixture trap inlet, within the trap seal and at outlet connection to the trap adapter. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 2 2.02 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION . Fittings and piping shall be brass and, wherever exposed, shall be polished chrome-plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome-plated brass or stainless steel wherever pipes pass through floors, walls or ceilings. Fixture supplies shall be loose key angle stops with 1/2" I.P.S. female inlets and shall include wall flanges and brass risers. All components shall be chrome plated. In all cases, all piping, tubing, fittings and faucets shall be installed using mechanical non-slip connections, such as bull-nose, flanged, ferrule or threaded fittings. Fittings requiring a friction fit using slip-on or gasket connections are not acceptable. Risers for lavatories shall be minimum 3/8” O.D. Risers for sinks and tank type water closets shall be 1/2” O.D. Fixtures shall have flow control devices to limit the flow of water to a maximum rate in accordance with the following table whether specifically scheduled or not: 1. Lavatory Faucet: 2.2 GPM (at 60 psi) 2. Sink Faucet: 2.2 GPM (at 80 psi) 3. Water Closet Flush Valve: 2 Gallons Per Flush 4. Urinal Flush Valve: 1 Gallon Per Flush . Unless noted otherwise, install each lavatory, sink and drinking fountain with chrome-plated, 17 gauge trap with cleanout plug that is easily removable for servicing and cleaning. Slip joints shall be permitted only on the fixture trap inlet, within the trap seal and at outlet connection to the trap adapter. . Fittings and piping shall be brass and, wherever exposed, shall be polished chrome-plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome-plated brass or stainless steel wherever pipes pass through floors, walls or ceilings. Fixture supplies shall be loose key angle stops with 1/2" I.P.S. female inlets and shall include wall flanges and brass risers. All components shall be chrome plated. In all cases, all piping, tubing, fittings and faucets shall be installed using mechanical non-slip connections, such as bull-nose, flanged, ferrule or threaded fittings. Fittings requiring a friction fit using slip-on or gasket connections are not acceptable. Risers for lavatories shall be minimum 3/8” O.D. Risers for sinks and tank type water closets shall be 1/2” O.D. [ EXCEPTION: Hose type riser supplies are acceptable when supplied and required by the fixture manufacturer ]. Provide A.D.A. compliant molded insulation on exposed water and drain piping beneath handicap accessible lavatories and sinks. Insulation shall be designed to all removal and reinstallation for trap servicing. . Wall mounted lavatories, urinals and water closets shall be supported with commercial carriers bolted to floor, model to suit installation. Provide concealed arm type carriers for lavatories. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Stainless Steel Sinks: By kitchen equipment supplier PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 3 Vitreous China Water Closets: Vitreous China Urinals: Vitreous China Lavatories: mo oO F. Manual Flush Valves: G. Fixture Stops & Supplies: H. Fixture Traps: I. Toilet Seats: J. Fixture Carriers: K. A.D.A. Insulation Kits: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Manual Lavatory/Sink Faucets: PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Match existing Toto UT104E Low Consumption Washout Match existing Match existing Match existing Chicago Chicago, McGuire Match existing Wade, Mifab, Josam, Zurn, Smith Mcguire, Truebro A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of countertop lavatories, sinks, faucets and related trim and accessories. C. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes required by code, as recommended by the manufacturer, and as indicated in Contract Drawings fixture rough-in schedule. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations. C. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services and perform all operations required in connection with or properly incidental to the installation of complete plumbing fixtures, as indicated on Contract Drawings, reasonably implied therein or as specified herein, unless specifically excluded. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 4 3.04 3.05 PT FOOD CO-OP RENOVATION & EXPANSION Each piece of trim shall be furnished whether specifically mentioned or not, in order to provide a complete first-class installation. Furnish and install all required water, waste, soil and vent connections to all plumbing fixtures, together with all fittings, supports, fastening devices, cocks, valves, traps, etc., leaving all in complete working order. Provide accessible check valves in the individual cold and hot water fixture supply lines serving mixing valve type faucets or assemblies having hose connection outlets that are not equipped with integral check stops. Coordinate mounting heights of plumbing fixtures with architectural details/elevations. Install fixtures and trim in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. All exposed chrome plated, polished or enameled fixtures and trim shall be installed with special care, leaving no tool marks on finishes. Install flexible brass fixture supply risers using manufactured tube bending tools. Bending tubes only with the use of hands shall not be permitted. Install each fixture trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. Provide chrome-plated deep escutcheons where required to cover non-chrome-plated piping projecting through walls. Thoroughly fill spaces between fixtures and walls, countertops and/or floors with waterproof, mold resistant, non-toxic, non-shrinkable white tile caulking. Install components firmly fixed, level and plumb. Install and secure all wall mounted fixtures in place with commercial carriers and bolts in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Fixture weight shall not be transmitted to walls, partitions or service piping. Installation shall prevent any movement of fixture during use. INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS AND TRADES A. Review Architectural Drawings. Confirm cabinet size and installation heights and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. TESTING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise or overflow. B. Adjust and set sensor faucet mixing valves to provide desired water temperature at spout outlet. C. Insure that all traps are filled with water and maintain trap seal. D. After fixtures have been installed and water systems are pressurized, test each fixture and associated trim for proper operation and inspect for leaks. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all components operate properly. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 5 | PT FOOD CO-OP | RENOVATION & EXPANSION | | 3.06 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean all plumbing fixtures and equipment furnished under this Contract prior to final acceptance. B. Thoroughly flush and clean all faucet spout outlet screens and flow control devices. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit use of fixtures until after Substantial Completion has been announced by Owner. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 26 00 10 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 27 Sections apply to all the electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Work Included: The Contractor shall perform all the Work required (including the furnishing of all supervision, labor, services, tools, materials and equipment and the performance of all operations and incidentals necessary) for a complete, safe and reliable electrical installation, adjusted, tested and ready for operation. The electrical work is generally described as follows: 1. Demolition. 2. Expansion and modification of existing power distribution system. 3. Grounding. 4. Branch circuit wiring system for lighting, outlets, equipment, etc., new and expansion and/or modification of existing. 5. Wiring devices and special purpose receptacles, new and replacement of existing. 6. Lighting fixtures and lamps, new and replacement of existing. 7. Expansion, modification, replacement of Fire/security detection and alarm system. 8. Disconnecting means, switches, receptacles, control devices, etc. (installation only if furnished with the equipment), and final power and line voltage (120 volt or greater) control connections to equipment and devices provided by the Owner, General Contractor or other Sub-Contractors. 9. Supports. 10. Cutting and patching (to match adjacent surface). 11. Moisture, fire and dust stopping and sealing. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-1 1.03. 1.04. 1.05. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 12. Moving of existing equipment, furniture, bookcases, boxes, miscellaneous (office, storage, kitchen, etc.) objects and materials, and other building furnishings, attached or unattached, as required to perform the work, including returning the items to their original location in their original condition. 13. Temporary construction power. 14. Testing and completing. 15. Obtaining and paying for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. Work not included: The following electrical system related work will be provided by the Owner, General Contractor, other Subcontractors, or Systems Contractors working directly with the Owner: 1. Mechanical Contractor: Mechanical, refrigeration, etc. equipment and systems low voltage control wiring, conduits, devices, etc. See mechanical specification sections and schedule on drawings. 2. Mechanical Contractor: Mechanical, refrigeration, etc. equipment and systems line voltage control devices, etc (except, installation by Contractor). See mechanical specification sections and schedule on drawings. 3. Owner and/or Store Equipment Provider: Refrigeration, cooking and other miscellaneous store equipment and appliances and systems line voltage control devices, etc (except, installation by Contractor). See miscellaneous store equipment and appliances specification sections and schedule on drawings. ALTERNATES Include electrical work associated with each alternate in the alternate bid price. EXISTING CONDITIONS Before submitting bid, examine existing site, building and equipment conditions to determine effect on execution of the electrical work and include costs in bid. PLAN REVIEW AND PERMITS The Contractor shall submit complete sets of submittals as required to the City of Port Townsend Fire Marshal for approval and pay the plan review fees. The Contractor shall arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1.06. DEFINITIONS A. The term "Contractor" used throughout Division 26 and 28 of these specifications and on the electrical drawings shall be understood to mean the Electrical Contractor. All other work shall be called out by name. B. “Approved” means approved by the Architect. “For approval” means for the Architect’s approval. C. “Furnish” means to supply and deliver to the Project, ready for installation and in operable condition. D. “Install” means to incorporate in the work in final position, complete, anchored, connected, and in operable condition. . E. “Provide” means furnish and install. F. "Remove" means to remove the existing item indicated and all associated conduit, boxes, cables, etc. to their point of origin and/or destination; except, concealed conduits and flush boxes may be abandoned in place and/or re-used in the new installation. Cables shall be removed and/or replaced. G. "Replace" means to remove the existing and add in lieu the new as indicated. H. “As directed” means as directed by the Architect. I. “Concealed” means hidden from sight in trenches, walls, chases, ceilings, etc. J. “Exposed” means within sight; that is, not concealed as defined above, and installed on the surface of walls, ceilings, etc. K. “C.O.” means conduit only; that is, without cable (except, provide pull string or rope). L. “F.O.LC.” means Furnished by Others (e.g. general contractor, other subcontractors, equipment suppliers, Owner, systems contractors working directly with the Owner, etc.), Installed by Contractor. M. “N.I.C.” means Not in Contract. Definitions of all other terms, etc. are in accordance with AIA, ANSI, IEEE, IES, NEMA, etc. standard definitions. 1.07. DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS A. The electrical plan drawings are general in form and do not attempt to show complete details or list every item of the electrical systems, the building construction or the various equipment; however, the routing of raceways and circuits, and the locations of equipment, devices, fixtures, etc. represent the desired finished arrangement; _ except, as governed by structural or mechanical conditions or obstructions. B. Specifications are, in some cases, written in an abbreviated form. Words such as shall, shall be, the Contractor shall, and similar mandatory phrases are supplied by inference. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 3 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion C. Investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work. Refer to the architectural, structural and mechanical drawings, supplier shop drawings and submittals, etc. for additional details, equipment ratings, dimensions, location and swing of doors, location and size of partitions, cabinets, etc. and similar features. Verify all dimensions, equipment ratings, etc. with the actual before installation. Arrange the work accordingly. D. The intent of the drawings and specifications is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work; however, any item or detail not specifically mentioned in the specifications or shown on the drawings, but which is necessary to produce the intended results shall be included. E. - The Contractor shall bring to the Engineer's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents, between the Contract Documents and field conditions, and any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc. prior to equipment and material purchasing and installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after purchasing and installation shall be at the Contractor's expense. F. Verify all equipment and device locations with the Owner and Engineer prior to rough-in G. Verify exposed raceway routing with the Owner and Engineer prior to rough-in. 1.08. _SUBMITTALS (Also see Section 01 33 00) A. Provide submittals for the equipment, boxes, devices, fixtures, special raceways, systems and their components, etc. as directed in the various sections of the specifications. B. Prepare detail layout drawings to a larger scale than the contract drawings in areas where the work is of sufficient complexity to warrant additional detailing. Otherwise, prepare these drawings on tracings the same size as the contract drawings. C. Submit M.S.D.S. (Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals or hazardous materials. All chemicals and hazardous materials to meet NIOSH Permissible Exposure Levels (P.E.L.) and OSHA Time Weighted Average (T.W.A.) requirements before commencing work. D. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. E. Submittals shall provide sufficient detail so compliance with the drawings and specifications can be ascertained. Clearly identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or whatever other data is necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Obtain approval before purchasing. Items not in accordance with the drawings and specifications will be rejected. F. Forward all submittals to the Architect, together, at one time, in bound folders with tabs and index for each section. Individual or incomplete submittals are not acceptable. G. The Contractor shall establish quantities, check drawings and data, verify space requirements, dimensions, and possible interferences prior to submittal. H. The Architect and Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. Approval of submittals does not release the BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS , 26 00 10 - 4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Contractor from a proper installation, compliance with the drawings, specifications, codes, standards, etc. or coordination of the work. 1.09. SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS APPROVAL A. During Bidding: 1. Substitutions for equipment and materials other than that specified will be considered if equal (or better and/or higher) in quality, ratings and function; and similar in type, style, size and appearance. Submit written requests to Owner, Architect and Engineer. a. If received no later than 10 work days prior to Bid opening, requests will be considered, but not thereafter. b. Bidders will be informed by Addendum of any approved items. Requests shall be accompanied by complete specifications, samples, record or performance, certified tests by impartial, recognized laboratories, and other such information as required to clearly represent the proposed substitution. Final decisions as to quality and suitability of proposed substitutions rest solely with the Owner, Architect and Engineer, and will be based on proof submitted. The cost of changes required in order to incorporate the proposed substitution, such as revisions to controls, raceways, wiring, openings, appurtenances, etc., shall be included in the bid. Any cost reduction resulting from substitutions shall benefit the Owner through a reduced bid. When Owner, Architect and Engineer approve a proposed substitution, it is with the understanding that Bidder certifies that substitute articles or materials are equal to or better than those specified and that no exception is taken with any of the performance objectives, service or warranty requirements or features herein specified. B. After Bidding: 1. Substitute products requests will not be considered. 1.10. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these documents. B. Provide “as-built” drawings in software form as AutoCAD or AutoCAD LT version 2007 .dwg type files. C. All record documents in software form shall be provided on a single CD-ROM. Include the necessary program(s) to read test results. Separate submittals for the various disciplines will not be accepted. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-5 | PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion 1.11. "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a marked job set of as-built drawings as the work progresses, to indicate deviations from the original design, including change orders. Maintain records of all concealed wiring and of actual equipment, device, etc. locations. Provide dimensions from accepted reference lines as needed. The as-built drawings shall be kept on-site and available for inspection. B. Include any detailed equipment, raceway, wiring, etc. diagrams and layouts prepared by Contractor or his subcontractors, suppliers, etc. C. Atsubstantial completion, Contractor shall modify one complete set of reproducible copies, with all "as built" information and submit these drawings to the Owner for approval. Each sheet shall be marked "CORRECTED TO AS BUILT"; or, if there are no changes, drawings shall be marked "NO CHANGES, INSTALLATION PER PLAN". D. After approval, Contractor shall transfer all "as built" information from the marked job set and other information as appropriate to AutoCAD or AutoCAD LT version 2007 .dwg type files. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) Utilize the layering scheme, font types, line types, title block, etc. provided in the AutoCAD drawing files. All drawings shall be noted as “As-Built” with a stamp and date. After adding the “as-built” information, return the AutoCAD files to the Consultant/Engineer for inclusion into the final project record set. E. ‘“As-built” drawings for all portions of the work shall be combined into a single set matching the contract documents. Separate submittals for the various disciplines will not be accepted. 1.12. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Following installation of the electrical systems, but prior to acceptance of the work, Contractor shall submit to Architect one loose-leaf volume with information systematically segregated and indexed for easy reference to be reviewed by the Owner, Architect and Engineer. This submittal copy will be returned to the Contractor, and the material can be used in preparation of final volumes. After approval of preliminary copy, but prior to project completion, submit 3 finished copies. B. See specification 01 77 00 for format, other items, etc. C. Manuals shall include: 1. Record documents (see above); except, full size reproducible bond paper copy of drawings to be provided separately. 2. Submittals, updated to "as built" conditions. 3. Test results; except, telecommunications equipment, cables, etc. test results shall be in a separate binder. 4. Description of systems configuration and operation including component identification and interrelations, including diagrams and supplementary drawings where necessary. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 5. Installation, operation, maintenance and programming manuals covering the installed systems, equipment and materials. 6. Maintenance instructions (frequency of service, type of service, etc.). 7. Parts lists for all equipment; including recording information, recommended spares and anticipated useful life. 8. Supplier's names, addresses, telephone and reference order numbers for all equipment and materials. 9. Warranties and Bonds. 10. Copies of final inspection certificates from the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Omit non-applicable data. 1.13. WARRANTY A. The complete installation shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year after date of project completion. For warranty purposes, the date of project completion shall be considered the date of final acceptance of the installation by the Owner certified in writing, and after Owner has received all project close-out requirements specified in Section 01700. All corrective work, if needed and requested by the Owner, shall be provided without cost to the Owner during the guarantee period. B. All corrective work performed by the Contractor in remedying defective work during the guarantee period following the Owner's acceptance of the project shall be subject to the same guarantee requirements of the original work for a period as specified from the date of completion of the corrective work. C. Corrective work shall include on-site service by the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier (e.g. fire alarm and telecommunications systems), and/or nearest technical service representative of the equipment manufacturer. Service shall be provided within 24 hours from the time of request for warranty service by the Owner. 1.14. _TRAINING/INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE A. After the installation is complete and operating, and prior to acceptance of the work, conduct a minimum of a one (1) hour training/instruction period at the site for each type of system to point out locations of service and maintenance and instruct the Owner's in the operation of all systems and equipment. B. The person(s) who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be a qualified representative(s) of the manufacturer with substantial training and operating experience on this equipment and project, and shall be versed in the operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Instructor(s) shall have the necessary educational and interpersonal skills, as well as proven ability to effectively perform the training. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner before conducting the instruction period. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-7 Cc 1.15. CH O NA K A R W N > PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information using the actual maintenance manuals required for this project. Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct the instruction period. The actual time and date of instruction period shall be acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. All training material shall be furnished and supplied by the Contractor. QUALITY ASSURANCE Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with the systems, equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. and the required methods of installation. Contractor shall provide proof, upon request, that all personnel are licensed according to Washington State RCW19.28.161. All materials, equipment and workmanship shall be properly inspected by the Contractor and shall at all times ‘be subject to inspection by the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall provide all samples, data and documents necessary for such inspection. Owner and Engineer shall be afforded full and free access at the jobsite and the shops and places of business of the Contractor for such inspection and to determine the status of the work. If Contractor covers all or any part of the work prior to any inspection or test specifically requested by Owner and/or Engineer, the cost of any necessary uncovering and replacing shall be borne by the Contractor. Neither the failure to make inspections or tests, nor to discover defective workmanship, materials or equipment, shall prejudice the rights of the Owner or Engineer thereafter to reject the work and/or require its correction. The completed installation shall comply with the more stringent of the requirements of the drawings and specifications, the authorities having jurisdiction, and all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements in effect at the site, including current editions of the following: NEC - National Electrical Code. National Electrical Safety Code. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act (and its Washington State equivalent). ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act (and its Washington State equivalent). UFC - Uniform Fire Code (and its Washington State equivalent). Washington State Rules and Regulations for Installing Electrical Wires and Equipment (WAC 296-46). Washington State Safety Standards for Electrical Workers (WAC 296-45). Washington State Energy Code. City of Port Townsend Fire Protection Development Standards. The following standards establish the minimum requirements for the equipment and installation, unless exceeded by the requirements of the drawings or specifications: ANSI - American National Standards Institute. BICSI — Building Industry Consulting Service International ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. re Y T r BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-8 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association. NEIS — National Electrical Installation Standards NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. NECA -— National Electrical Contractors Association CO N Nothing in the drawings or specifications shall be construed to direct or permit work not conforming to applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements or standards. Discrepancies or conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer promptly for resolution. The Owner and Engineer shall be advised prior to any inspection being requested. The Owner and Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to inspect the installation prior to wallboard, ceiling or finish installation. Any materials, equipment or workmanship that is not (in the opinion of the Owner, Engineer or Inspector) as it should be, shall be taken out and replaced without cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. A. B. GENERAL Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. Contractor shall make certain that all materials selected by him, his subcontractors or by his suppliers, conform exactly to requirements of the drawings and specifications. Transmittal of such specifications and drawing information to subcontractors, person manufacturing and/or supplying materials to the project, and rigid adherence thereto, is the Contractor's responsibility. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be UL (Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.) listed, labeled and approved for the service intended where UL standards have been established. If no UL label is available, the label of a testing agency or conformance to national standards recognized and approved by the electrical inspector having jurisdiction is required. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be new and installed only if in first class condition. 1. Unless specifically designated as existing. 2. Existing raceways, boxes, etc. may be re-used if in "like new condition" and appropriate for the new installation. All equipment, devices, etc. and their components shall be designed for continuous duty without degradation of function or performance. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner and Engineer in writing prior to bidding as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-9 | | | 2.02. A. 2.03. 2.04. 2.05. 2.06. B. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to manufacturer’s or supplier's model numbers and other pertinent information herein is intended to establish minimum standards of performance, function and quality. All equipment, devices, materials, etc. shall be of a type manufactured by reputable recognized vendors. Each type or groups of items, system components, etc. having the same or similar function shall be the same manufacturer, make and quality throughout the facility. Approval of a manufacturer's name and/or type does not release the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials which comply in all details with requirements in the contract documents. SPARE CAPACITY Unless sizes and/or quantities are specifically indicated, provide at least 20% spare wiring capacity in all cabinets, panels and raceways. ENCLOSURES Equipment, devices, luminaires, boxes, etc. located indoors shall have general purpose (NEMA 1) enclosures unless noted otherwise. Equipment, devices, luminaires, boxes, etc. located outdoors shall be provided with weatherproof (NEMA 3R) enclosures. Surface finish shall be a rust inhibiting primer followed by an epoxy or polyurethane polyester top coat. Enclosures and boxes shall be fabricated from code gauge, or heavier, galvanized steel. Surface preparation and finish shall be manufacturer's standard unless noted otherwise. Include all necessary mounting, etc. accessories. LOCKS All equipment, panels, etc. shall be provided with suitable locks, keyed alike. All equipment, panels, etc. shall be provided with suitable locks, keyed alike. Provide a minimum of 2 keys for each lock. | SUPPORT CHANNEL Channel, framing members, etc. shall be 12 gauge steel, galvanized, 1°/s inch channel width with all necessary accessories. Threaded rod shall be steel, minimum ay, inch diameter. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 10 2.07. 2.08. E, PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion ANCHORS AND FASTENERS Anchors and fasteners used shall be of a type designed for use in the base material to which the item is to be attached. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. Powder actuated fasteners, plastic expansion type anchors, nails and toggle bolts are not permitted. Anchors shall be non-corrosive or have suitable corrosion resistant coatings or treatment. Bolts, nuts, screws and other threaded devices shall have standard threads and heads, unless required for tamper-proof installation. IDENTIFICATION Provide nameplates for all equipment (e.g. switchboards, panels, disconnecting means, control panels, control stations, etc.) and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function or operation of the identified equipment, devices, etc. and include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. Nameplate designations shall be consistent with the project documents. Submit proposed inscriptions for approval. Definite purpose devices shall be labeled with a description of the device's function, rating and include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. All equipment and outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, with lettering etched through the outer covering. Character size as appropriate for the application, approved by Engineer; except minimum '/g inch. Nameplates shall be securely fastened with suitable adhesive or self tapping screws. Character and background colors shall conform to the following system color code: Background. Char. System Black White Power & Lighting Orange White Emergency Systems Red White Fire Alarm Orange White Data Cabling & Equipment Systems* Green White Voice Cabling & Equipment Systems* * These are sub-systems of the general telecommunications distribution system. All cabling and equipment for the general telecommunications distribution system shall be identified with nameplates, etc. consistent with the data cabling and equipment systems (e.g. orange and white). Identification tags shall be plastic, flexible type with a label. Identification tags shall be securely fastened with cable ties. Tags shall be mounted so as to be clearly visible. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-11 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear with black letters on light colored devices and clear with white letters on dark colored devices. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, except minimum '/, inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. A. 3.02. CONSTRUCTION/WIRING METHODS Wiring methods shall be as follows: 1. Branch circuits - PVC conduit below grade (with GRS conduit risers and elbows) and EMT above grade. 2. Telecommunications - PVC conduit below grade (with GRS conduit risers and elbows) and EMT above grade; except, suitable cables run "open" in accessible locations above ceilings. 3. Fire alarm, class 2 control, etc. - PVC conduit below grade (with GRS conduit risers and elbows) and EMT above grade; except, suitable cables run "open" where concealed within building (e.g. new soffits and fished in existing walls). Raceways and cables shall be run concealed in the walls, soffits, above the ceiling or below the floor unless indicated otherwise; except, exposed within utility rooms and other similar type spaces. Raceways may be run exposed within public spaces, classrooms, offices, and the like only where indicated and with prior approval of the Owner and Architect. Exposed raceways shall be run as neatly and unobtrusively as possible, to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer. Equipment shall be surface mounted unless noted otherwise. Devices, etc. shall be flush mounted unless noted otherwise. CONTRACTOR CONTROL AND SUPERVISION Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using its best skill and attention, and shall perform the work in a skillful manner. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the work, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Contractor shall disclose its means and methods of construction when requested by Owner. Performance of the work shall be directly supervised by a competent superintendent (and/or foreman) who is satisfactory to Owner and has authority to act for Contractor. The superintendent (and/or foreman) shall constantly supervise the work and check all materials prior to installation for conformance with the Contract Documents. The superintendent (and/or foreman) shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Owner. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . 26 00 10 - 12 3.03. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's employees and other persons performing the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Contractor's employees shall at all times conduct business in a manner which assures fair, equal, and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons. Inappropriate activity or comments by Contractor, Contractor's employees and other persons performing the work will result in immediate removal from the site. GENERAL The installation shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be suitable for the location. Conduit stub-ups, sleeves and ends left open for future connection, unused hubs in fittings and unused holes in boxes shall be plugged or capped to prevent the entrance of moisture and debris. For the actual fabrication, installation and testing use only persons thoroughly trained, experienced and completely familiar with the items required and with the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation. In acceptance or rejection of the work, no allowance will be made for lack of skill or experience. Circuits shall be run from equipment to equipment, outlet to outlet, luminaire to luminaire, device to device, etc. and all homeruns shall be run exactly as shown on the drawings unless permission is obtained from the Engineer to alter the arrangement. Changes in location (e.g. equipment and devices up to 10 feet, trench and raceway routing, etc.) made before installation and deviations to avoid interferences shall be made. without increase in Contract Sum. The Contractor shall conduct operations in a manner to avoid the risk of bodily harm to persons or damage to any property. Construction equipment and tools shall be in good operating condition and be designed to perform the work required. The Contractor shall continuously inspect all work to discover any unsafe conditions and be solely responsible for their correction. Use all means necessary to protect the equipment and materials and the work, materials, etc. of the other trades before, during and after installation. Do all cutting carefully to prevent damage to the work. Correct lifting, jacking and/or moving methods shall be used. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. The Contractor shall provide all cutting, patching, core drilling, etc. as required for the work. Use only journeymen skilled in the necessary cutting or patching operation. Patching shall match adjacent work. Structural members shall not be cut without approval of the Architect. Where penetrations in structural members for conduits, cables, etc. are allowed, the holes shall be no larger than absolutely necessary. Contractor shall x-ray or otherwise determine the exact location of existing structural components, conduits, piping, wiring, ducts and the like prior to making any new penetrations or openings (or expanding existing openings) in any floor, wall or ceiling. The premises shall be kept free from the accumulation of rubbish and debris caused by the work. Dust, fibers, debris, etc. caused by the work shall be cleaned up immediately (prior to the worker leaving the area, room or BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 13 3.04. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion space) and not tracked to other areas, rooms, spaces, etc. Cleanup shall be with a vacuum cleaner or similar provided with a proper HEPA filter. The Contractor shall provide all backboards, hangers, supports, chases, anchor bolts, inserts, sleeves and other openings in the construction required for the electrical work. The Contractor shall move existing equipment, furniture, bookcases, boxes, miscellaneous (office, storage, maintenance, etc.) objects and materials, and other building furnishings, attached or unattached, as required to perform the work, including returning the items to their original location in their original condition. The Contractor shall remove and re-install suspended ceilings as required for installation of new raceways and cables. Damaged ceiling tiles shall be replaced by the contractor. PROTECTION OF PERSONS, FACILITIES & UTILITIES Provide all traffic control, flagging, barricades, barriers, guards, warnings, notifications, etc. at equipment, materials, open excavations, open trenches, etc. and post with warning lights. Barricades on or adjacent to public use and/or vehicular traffic areas such as buildings, roads, parking areas, pathways, etc. shall be chain link construction fence (minimum 6 feet high), locked when Contractor’s personnel are not in the immediate Vicinity. Provide devices and methods and proceed with sufficient caution to preclude damaging any facilities, utilities (e.g. power, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications, etc.) or similar, above ground or underground, concealed or exposed, known or unknown, located or not located. In the event unidentified utilities are encountered, notify the utility, Owner and Engineer. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings or specifications, do not cut or alter any existing utility or similar without authorization of the Owner and Engineer. The Contractor shall pay all costs, as determined by the Engineer, of remedial work necessitated by unauthorized or accidental cutting, patching, trenching, excavating, backfilling, etc. which damages and/or impairs the performance of existing utilities or similar (e.g. power, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications, etc.), above ground or underground, concealed or exposed, known or unknown, located or not located. All such work shall be verified with Owner and Engineer before execution of replacement, re-routing, relocation, repair or termination commences. Notify Regulating Agencies, Locator Service, Utility Companies, Engineer and Owner’s Project Manager a minimum of a minimum of fourteen (14) days in advance and re-confirmed a minimum of 48 hours in advance, or as mutually agreed upon with Owner, prior to commencement of any such work. Submit procedures to assure safe and continuous operation of the utilities for approval. Provide a spotter at all times when excavation occurs by use of a backhoe or other mechanical equipment. Cooperate with Owner in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of Owner and utility, without increase in Contract Sum. Damaged electrical and telecommunications (telephone, computer/data, television, fiber, copper, etc.) cables shall be replaced in their entirety. Splicing will not be allowed. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 14 a5. 3.06. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING The Contractor shall coordinate the work and cooperate with the Owner, other trades and System Contractors to have the work completed to the best advantage, insure there are no interferences, provide reasonable opportunity for the other trades and Contractors to complete their work, and to not delay the work. The building will remain in full operation during the construction period. See specification section 01 10 00 for specific dates, scheduling and coordination. Include all costs in bid (including working non-standard hours as required). Contractor shall coordinate work to avoid disturbance to building operations and personnel, and to allow access for both persons to and within all portions of the facility and vehicles to the facility. Contractor shall schedule all equipment, utility, electrical, telecommunications, fire alarm, fire protection, etc. interruptions with the Owner in accordance with the scheduling requirements in Section 01 50 00. Interruptions and closures shall not be extended overnight. Contractor shall schedule building closures, complete or partial, with the Owner in accordance with the scheduling requirements in Section 01 35 23 (e.g. for x-raying). Any and all costs incurred for non-standard hours, double-shifts, overtime, etc. or any other costs associated with completing the project within the completion times required shall be included without increase in contract sum. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING All equipment and materials shall be stored neatly and out of the way. Conduit, fittings, cable, etc. shall be stored off the ground, protected from the weather in racks or bins or on shelves. Equipment, panelboards, fixtures, devices, etc. shall be stored indoors in a dry, warm area, free of dust and one in which condensation will not occur. Ship equipment in its original package to prevent damage or entrance of foreign matter. Perform all handling and shipping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and packing label instructions. Provide protective coverings during construction. Following installation, protect materials and equipment from corrosion, condensation, physical damage, and the effects of moisture. Keep openings in boxes or equipment closed when work is not being done in them during construction. Identify materials and equipment delivered to the site and storage organized to permit checking against approved material lists and submittals. TEMPORARY POWER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 15 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary power services, facilities, equipment, devices, material, etc. See 3.07. 3.08. specification section 01 50 00, 1.7, B. DEMOLITION Contractor shall remove all items indicated as to be removed, and all associated equipment, devices, raceways, boxes, cables, etc. back to their point of origin and/or destination; except, concealed conduits & boxes may be abandoned in place and/or existing conduits and boxes may be re-used if in good condition and appropriate for the new installation, at the option of the Contractor. Existing cables shall be removed or replaced. Provide pull strings in existing conduits being abandoned in place. Existing below grade conduits shall be cut off and capped flush with the floor. Existing concealed boxes shall be provided with suitable blank covers and/or wallplates. Existing equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. to remain shall be protected as required during demolition and construction. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and/or replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. Existing equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. to be re-used in the new work shall be removed carefully, and protected as required during demolition and construction. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and/or replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. Items not indicated shall remain "as is"; except, shall be re-connected as required if its circuit is interrupted during the demolition. Holes, openings, etc. where existing raceways, cables, boxes, outlets, etc. are removed and not replaced shall be patched to match adjacent surface. All surplus materials removed during the demolition shall be inspected by the Owner and those items selected shall remain the property of the Owner. All remaining surplus materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor without increase in Contract Sum. See Section 02 84 16 for PCB Ballast removal and 02 84 17 for Fluorescent Lamp removal. INTERRUPTIONS Power, fire alarm, telecommunications and other systems interruptions, whether to individual equipment or to the entire system, shall not be done without prior approval and scheduling with the Owner. Power, fire alarm, telecommunications and other systems interruptions that affect operation of the existing facility (unless building is unoccupied and permission is obtained from the Owner) shall not be done during normal working hours. Some working of non-standard hours will be required, without increase in Contract Sum. Change-over of individual items shall be done | at a time where interruptions affect operation of the existing facility (unless building is unoccupied and permission is obtained from the Owner). As much as possible, items shall be pre-assembled and systems prefabricated to minimize the change-over time. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 16 3.09. 3:10. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion LOCATIONS Locations and mounting heights of equipment, devices, etc. shall be consistent, and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, ADA and the authority having jurisdiction. Devices and associated wallplates shall be located so as to not span different types of building finishes. In general, surface raceways, etc. shall be mounted as unobtrusively as possible, tight against room corners, against ceilings, against chases, etc. and other breaks in the construction. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. Changes in location (e.g. equipment and devices up to 10 feet, trench and conduit routing, etc.) made before installation and deviations to avoid interferences shall be made without increase in Contract Sum. EQUIPMENT, LUMINAIRES AND DEVICES Equipment, luminaires, devices, etc. shall be installed plumb and true, and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings, structural members and other equipment; in a horizontal or vertical position as intended. The location of similar items shall be consistent. Equipment, cabinets, boxes, fixtures, devices, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. The correct lifting, jacking and/or moving gear which will prevent damage shall be used. All bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened in accordance with manufacturers or listing instructions and all covers replaced on equipment and boxes. All electrical connections, particularly those on bus work in panelboards, etc. shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide supports, boxes, mountings, wiring, fittings, etc. as required, standard or special. Wherever any conflict arises between manufacturer's instructions, codes and regulations, and these Contract Documents, follow Owner’s decision. Following installation, protect materials and equipment from corrosion, condensation, physical damage, and the effects of moisture. Keep openings in boxes or equipment closed when work is not being done in them during construction. Provide gaskets, seals, etc. as required to prevent the entrance of moisture, debris, insects, etc. Check for proper fit. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 17 3.12. 3.13. 3.14. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SUPPORTS Provide all necessary supports, anchors, fasteners, and backing for all raceways, boxes, enclosures, fixtures and equipment. Hangers and supports shall be made from standard structural shapes and hardware or systems of shapes, fittings and hardware designed for the purpose. Hangers and supports shall be adequately and safely attached to the building structure. Equipment or materials to be supported shall be securely fastened to the supporting means. Use size and number of attachments as required for a safety factor of at least four. In addition to the weight of the material, consideration shall be given to the weight of the support itself, the weight of materials within, vibration, external operational forces, shock load, etc. Brace all equipment as required to meet the requirements of seismic zone 3. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. Pad and floor mounted equipment shall be secured with suitable hot dipped galvanized steel anchor bolts, washers, hex nuts, etc. CORROSION PROTECTION Maintain the integrity of factory provided corrosion protection. Damaged corrosion protection shall be . repaired per manufacturer’ s instructions. Paint field cuts with a suitable cold galvanizing compound. APPROVALS Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways, cables, etc. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner and Engineer before rough-in. Prior to beginning installation of cables, obtain approval of the raceway installation from the Owner and Engineer. CLEANING Remove trash, combustible material, and other debris from areas around equipment. Remove shipping materials, supports, spacers, etc. from equipment, devices, etc. Remove all debris from equipment, devices, etc. including all scraps of wire, plaster, dust, and other foreign material. Vacuum cabinet clean and wipe down with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or soft bristled brush. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 18 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion D. Clean screens, louvers, baffles, etc. covering ventilation openings to ensure they are clear. E. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. F. Touch up scratches to match original finish. G. Remove all traces of soil, dirt, dust, smudges, fingerprints and other foreign matter from visible surfaces of equipment, devices, luminaires, etc. Pay close attention to highly finished surfaces such as glass and polished metals. Wipe lamps clean. H. Maintain adequate ventilation during cleaning. I. Follow manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to follow manufacturer’s recommendations when cleaning equipment can result in damage from the use of improper cleaning methods or agents. 3.15. VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION A. Verify that all equipment and their components are sized properly for the load and the types, sizes, etc. are in accordance with the contract documents, approved submittals, etc. B. Visually inspect equipment for physical damage. Repair physical damage, if practical and approved by the manufacturer. Consult Owner, Engineer and manufacturer for recommendations for suitable protective barriers to prevent future damage. C. Inspect molded and formed equipment and components (e.g. circuit breaker cases, insulators, supports, etc.) for cracks or other defects. D. Check all bolts, connections, cable terminations, etc. for tightness using a calibrated torque wrench or screwdriver. Refer to manufacturer’s instructions and markings for proper torque values. E. Visually check the equipment, its components and associated raceways, conductors, etc. for proper grounding and bonding. Ensure that grounding and bonding terminal bars, bus bars, straps, and conductors are properly connected. F. Verify that cables do not contact live parts and that cables are properly secured to withstand the effects of fault currents. G. Check equipment anchorage, mounting, clearances, alignment and fit of components. H. Check that phase barriers are in place, if applicable. I. Operate equipment and components (e.g. circuit breakers) to insure smooth operation. J. Confirm that equipment nameplates and safety labels are provided. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 19 3.17. 3.18. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion TESTING The Contractor shall perform all tests required in the various sections of the specifications and in accordance with manufacturer’ s recommendations. Record test results and include in operation and maintenance manuals. The Owner and Engineer shall be notified one week prior to any testing so that the testing may be witnessed. All testing shall be performed by personnel that are trained in the specific task to be performed Do not proceed with tests until previously identified deficiencies are corrected. Test equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Maintain test results for future comparisons. Include in operation and maintenance manuals. Upon completion, all equipment and systems shall be tested for functional operation, including all intended modes and sequences of operation. Readings of the voltage and amperage shall be taken on each phase at each panelboard and at the end of the longest branch circuit at no load and full load conditions. All systems shall test free from shorts and grounds and shall be without mechanical and electrical defects. If any test indicates a failure, in the opinion of the Engineer; the item shall be replaced or suitably repaired to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer, and the test repeated without additional cost to the Owner. ENERGIZING Energize equipment in accordance with manufacturer’ s recommendations. The Owner, Engineer and other affected personal shall be notified one week prior to energizing so that the energizing may be witnessed. Energize equipment, circuits, etc. from the source end and working to the load. Verify all temporary grounding, etc. connections are removed prior to energizing. Verify that all load disconnecting, etc. devices are open, padlocked and tagged prior to energizing. After energization, equipment shall be observed for unusual conditions such as vibration, noise, excessive temperature rise, etc. CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT Upon completion of the work, and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall thoroughly check the installation. Checking shall consist of visual inspection and manual adjustment to confirm correct installation and arrangement and to assure the intended function, response and operability. Checking shall include, as a minimum, the following: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 20 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Check that equipment, devices, etc. are of the correct type and rating. 2. Check that all raceways, fittings, devices, boxes, enclosures, etc. are secure and that all conduit connections are tight. 3. Check that all electrical connections are correctly tightened. 4. Check that equipment, devices, panelboard circuit directories, etc. are correctly labeled. 5. Check that equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. are clean with all unnecessary labels removed. B. Upon completion of the work, and before final acceptance and payment, the Contractor shall: 1. Remove from the site and dispose of all surplus and discarded equipment, materials, rubbish, and debris which may have accumulated during the execution of the work. 2. Submit approved "As Built" Drawings, Record Documents, Test Records, Manuals, etc. 3. Submit written warranty statements for equipment, materials and installation. 4. Conduct system tests. 5. Obtain final inspections from.the authorities having jurisdiction. C. Subsequent to final completion and testing operations, instruct Owner's authorized representatives as required in operation, adjustment and maintenance of equipment and systems. End of Section 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10 - 21 | PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion section 26 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 27 Sections apply to all the electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. RACEWAYS A. Raceways, where required, shall be of the types listed below, unless noted otherwise: 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) - Concealed above grade and exposed in Utility Rooms and other Non-Public Areas not readily visible to building occupants, except as noted below. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit (PVC) - below grade, except as noted below. 3. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS): a. Below grade conduit bends and risers. b. Exterior above grade. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit (FLEX) - Final connections to vibrating equipment and for fixture whips. Also, FLEX may be substituted for EMT for branch circuits between wiring devices and boxes concealed inside frame walls and ceilings. FLEX shall not be used for any homeruns, conduit stub-ups into accessible ceiling spaces, nor for any exposed or surface conduit runs except as final connections to vibrating equipment. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 1 2.02. D. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Raceways shall be sized so that the cable fill does not exceed 40%; except, minimum conduit sizes shall be as follows: 1. 3/,inch — above grade branch circuits, ancillary systems circuits or similar, except as noted below. 2. ‘/5 inch - runs with #12 AWG or smaller branch circuits, ancillary systems circuits or similar cable terminating in a single device; except flex shall be minimum */4 inch. 3. 1 inch — branch circuit homeruns. 4. 1 inch — below grade. 5. 1 inch —telecommunications circuits terminating in a single outlet. 6. 1'/, inch - telecommunications circuits terminating in two devices. 7. */g inch - fixture whips furnished by the manufacturer with the fixtures. PVC conduit shall be heavy-wall (Schedule 40), flame-retardant, suitable for use with 90°C cable, shall not distort from heat it will normally encounter and shall be resistant to low temperature and sunlight effects, impact and crushing. Electrical metallic tubing shall be electro-galvanized steel. Flexible conduit shall be galvanized steel; except outdoors, flexible conduit shall be liquidtight type PVC coated galvanized steel. Flexible conduit connections shall be a minimum of 18 inches long. Conduit elbows and bends in conduits 2 inch diameter and smaller shall be not less than 6 times the conduit diameter and bends in larger conduits shall be not less than 10 times the conduit diameter Telecommunications (with or without cables), spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be provided with pull rope below grade and pull string above grade. Below grade telephone, computer/data, communications, spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be plugged at both ends and their location properly marked. RACEWAY FITTINGS Fittings for steel conduit shall be steel, galvanized or cadmium plated, threaded type. Couplings shall be galvanized steel. Locknuts and bushings shall be galvanized steel. Connectors, couplings, etc. for EMT shall be steel set-screw type; except, steel raintight compression type in potentially wet or damp locations (e.g. outdoors). Fittings for flexible metal conduit shall be of a type specifically designed for the purpose. Fittings for nonmetallic conduits shall be of same manufacturer and material as the conduit. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 2 2.03. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion End bells and/or insulated bushings shall be used on all underground conduit system terminations. Conduit terminations at equipment, etc. shall be suitably sealed and/or plugged at both ends to prevent the entrance of moisture. Spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be provided with removable gasketed covers at the high end to prevent the flow of moisture from one box to another. “Open” end of ancillary, telecommunications, spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be provided with insulated bushings. “Open” ends of telecommunications conduits entering the telecommunications room shall be provided with bonding bushings & bonded to the ground bar. Telecommunications conduits entering the telecommunications room walls and ceilings shall extend a maximum of 2” into the room. Connectors at sheet metal enclosures shall have insulated throats. Openings in surface metal raceways, etc. through which cables are intended to pass shall be provided with suitable nonmetallic grommets before installing cable. Provide approved properly bonded expansion fittings (capable of expansion and contraction as required), deflection couplings, etc. wherever conduits pass over or through joints or other locations where raceways may be affected by dissimilar movements of the supporting structure. BOXES The use of exposed boxes in areas readily visible to building occupants shall be kept to a minimum. Except in telecommunications raceways, use conduit outlet bodies (e.g. T, LB, LR, etc.) at conduit intersections unless specifically noted or approved otherwise. Boxes shall accommodate any devices to be installed and shall be sized as required by the applicable codes for number and size of conduits and cables entering and leaving; except minimum as noted below. Indoor boxes above grade in dry locations shall be standard stamped galvanized steel type, suitable for embedment in concrete and/or masonry where required. Unless noted otherwise, larger size pull and junction boxes shall be fabricated from code gauge galvanized steel. Video Projector pull boxes shall be NEMA 1, 6 inch x 6 inch x 4 inch deep, painted steel pull box, with a factory painted, 14 gauge flush screw cover. Cover shall be provided with a 1'/, inch grommeted opening to allow passage of Audio-Video cabling. Switch, power outlet, device, etc. boxes shall be single or ganged to accommodate the required number of devices; except, flush mounted boxes shall be minimum 4 inches square for conduits | inch or less and 4". inches square for larger conduits. Boxes containing a single device shall be minimum 1 '/) inches deep. Boxes containing multiple devices shall be minimum 2'/; inches deep. Flush mounted boxes shall be equipped with plaster rings and suitable wallplates. Surface mounted boxes shall have raised surface type covers. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 3 2.04. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Individual telecommunications (voice, data, etc.) outlets in new walls and partitions shall be mounted in boxes, minimum 4 inch square by 2'/; inches deep, equipped with single-gang plaster rings; except: 1. Surface mounted outlet boxes may be 4°/;” high x 2"/,” wide x 2'/,” deep. 2. Flush mounted outlet boxes cut into an existing wall may be 4” high x 2'/,” wide x an deep. Individual telecommunications outlets in existing non-fire rated frame walls where cables are “fished”, screw on type low voltage cut-in type mounts (Caddy type MPLS or MPLS2 as required or equal) without boxes may be used. Surface mounted boxes shall be surface metal raceway style to match the surface metal raceways. Flush mounted boxes shall be cut-in style where required. Telecommunications outlets mounted on face of surface metal raceway shall have a shallow box or extension mounted on the cover of the raceway, with access holes as required, of sufficient depth so cable connectors at rear of receptacles do not extend into the raceway and restricts the raceway cable capacity. Junction and pull boxes shall be sized as required by the NEC except the minimum size shall be 4 inch, square or octagonal as required, by 1'/, inches deep. Junction and pull boxes shall have full-access screw covers. Ancillary systems (e.g. fire alarm, etc.) outlet, device, junction, etc. boxes shall be in accordance with the requirements of the respective supplier; except, minimum as specified above. Boxes shall be equipped with mud rings where required and proper wallplates and/or covers. Unused flush mounted boxes, including existing abandoned in place, shall have blank wallplates or ceiling box type covers. Color shall match existing surface paint color as close as possible with manufacturer’s standard colors. Openings in boxes, etc. through which cables are intended to pass shall be provided with suitable nonmetallic grommets. Device, junction, etc. boxes (other than the surface raceway type) for fire alarm systems shall be substantially red in color, both inside and outside. WIRE AND CABLE Wire and cable sizes indicated and/or specified are minimums only and shall be increased as required due to NEC, system, load, voltage drop, etc. requirements. Branch circuit cable, above grade feeder cable and equipment ground cable shall be single conductor stranded copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THHN insulation. The minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG; except, fixture whips provided as an assembly by the fixture manufacturer with the fixtures may be #14 AWG. Line voltage (Class 1) control cable shall be single conductor stranded copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THEN insulation. The minimum conductor size shall be #14 AWG. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 4 2.05. 2.06. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Low voltage (Class 2) control cable shall be single conductor copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THHN insulation if installed in conduit. Low voltage (Class 2) control cable run "open" shall be multi-conductor copper with 300 volt insulation and an overall jacket, type CL2, listed as being resistant to the spread of fire; except in air handling plenums, cable shall be plenum rated, be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as cable type CL2P. The minimum conductor size shall be #16 AWG. Cords shall be multi-conductor stranded copper with a green insulated grounding conductor, 600 volt type SO insulation and an overall neoprene jacket. The minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG. See Section 28 31 00 for Fire Detection & Alarm System cables. Color coding for power cable shall be as follows: 1. 208Y/120 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Phase A = black, B = red, C = blue, N = white; 2. Equipment ground cables shall be green. 3. Switch legs shall be the same color as the phase conductors. Switch travelers shall be purple. Cable pulling lubricants shall be water based gel type, of the best quality and shall not have any damaging effect on the insulation. (Note that Ideal Yellow 77 is not approved.) CABLE SUPPORTS : Supports for cables run “open” above ceilings and the like shall be wide base type J-hook assemblies capable of supporting up to 50 category 5 UTP cables, Erico Cab!Cat series or equal. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Cord drops from ceilings or similar shall have suitable stainless steel basket weave support/strain relief grips, Kellems or approved equal. Cord connectors shall liquidtight type. Cable ties shall be utilized in cable trays to group and support conductors. Cables for similar purposes shall be bundled together. Cable ties shall be utilized in panelboards, etc. to group and support conductors. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels; or, if terminated on circuit breakers or control devices, by typewritten indexes or nameplates. CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS Taps and splices shall be kept to a minimum. Taps and splices in #8 AWG, and smaller, branch and fire alarm circuit cable shall be made with twist-on spring type wire nuts. Taps and splices in telecommunications cables, ancillary systems cables, larger branch COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 5 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion circuit cables, control cables, etc. or below grade will not be allowed without specific approval from the Engineer. C. Taps and splices in #8 AWG and larger cable, where allowed, shall be made with proper size squeeze-type copper compression tap and splice connectors. (Mechanical set-screw type connectors will not be allowed.) Wrap completely with suitable electrical insulating tape or shrink-wrap in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 2.07. WARNING TAPE A. Yellow 3" wide polyethylene metalized warning tape shall be direct buried 12 inches above the topmost underground conduits. For multi-use excavations and trenches, provide multiple tapes. B. Tape shall be printed with the words: 1. "Caution, Buried Power Line Below" or similar above electrical conduits. 2.08. PULL STRING AND ROPE A. Pull string shall be resistant to rot and mildew and shall not deteriorate when exposed to oil, grease, etc. B. Pull rope shall be twisted polypropylene treated with ultraviolet stabilizers, minimum '/, inch diameter. Rope shall be resistant to rot and mildew and shall not deteriorate when exposed to oil, grease, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be installed straight, plumb and true and shall be without kinks or sags. Exposed raceway runs shall be either parallel or at right angles to walls and structural members, as neatly and unobtrusively as possible (e.g. adjacent to window and door trims and base, at wall/wall or wall/ceiling intersections, etc.). B. Below grade conduits shall be direct buried between 24 and 30 inches below grade (except, conduits below the building concrete floor slab may be run immediately below the floor) and/or as required to bury conduits below footings, grade beams, etc., and spaced a minimum of 2 inches between conduits. C. Underground conduits extending into the building and at panels, etc. shall be suitably sealed or plugged at both ends. Sealant shall be removable. Ductseal is not acceptable. D. PVC conduit shall be solvent welded to prevent the entrance of moisture. E. Verify location, mounting heights, etc. of surface metal raceways from the Owner and Engineer prior to installation. In general, surface raceways shall be mounted as unobtrusively as possible, tight against room corners, against chases, etc. & other breaks in the in the wall or ceiling. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 6 3.02. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Raceways shall be located to not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All raceways shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches away from items producing heat. Raceways, fittings, etc. shall be securely supported from permanent structural members of building, either directly or indirectly. Raceways shall be fastened at intervals of 8 feet, nominally, and within 36 inches of each outlet, fitting, panel, etc. Single runs of exposed conduit shall be supported with steel pipe straps. Conduit shall not be supported from ducts, plumbing or other piping or from other conduits but only from building structural elements. Bends in raceways shall be made without flattening, kinking or reducing the cross-sectional area of the raceway. All raceway cuts shall be made square with a proper cutting tool. The inside and outside of all raceway ends shall be reamed after cutting and/or threading to eliminate burrs and rough edges, then wiped clean. Joints shall be cut square and shall butt solidly into couplings. Running threads will not be permitted. Raceways shall be closely and tightly fitted in couplings, connectors, boxes, etc. to provide an electrically continuous low resistance ground fault return path. Threaded joints shall be made up with at least 5 threads fully engaged. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. Exposed raceways shall be painted. LABELING & IDENTIFICATION Junction boxes concealed in ceiling spaces and exposed in electrical, mechanical, utility rooms, and the like shall be marked with the panel and circuit numbers contained within. Marking shall be legibly hand-written with black indelible ink marker. In each junction and pull box, neutral conductors shall be grouped with associated phase conductors by taping the conductors together. Color coding for power cable shall be as follows: 1. 208Y/120 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Phase A = black, B = red, C = blue, N = white; 2. Equipment ground cables shall be green. 3. Switch legs shall be the same color as the phase conductors. Switch travelers shall be purple. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 -7 3.02. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Excavate to depths noted, and as required for proper completion of all below grade work and cut to sufficient size to provide ample room for construction of forms, shoring and bulkheads as required. Underground utilities (electrical, water, sewer, cable television, etc.) are known to exist in the area of construction. The location of existing utilities shown on the drawings is approximate only and is not guaranteed to be an indication of all utilities in the area. The contractor is responsible for contacting the Owner and all utility companies and for field location of all utilities prior to construction. The one-call number for underground utility location services is 1-800-424-5555. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any conflicts between the contract documents and field location of existing utilities. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the integrity of all existing utilities during construction. Provide a spotter at all times when excavation occurs by use of a backhoe, excavator or other mechanical equipment. Shore and brace excavations where necessary to prevent cave-ins and in accordance with all safety laws and codes. During excavations and backfilling, extreme care shall be taken to keep rocks and other rough material away from conduits and cables. Pack a minimum of 6 inches of soft fill material (free from stones, rocks and other rough material that might be forced against the conduits and cables during backfilling, or when settling or frost-heaving disturbs the surrounding earth) around conduits and cables. Wash in to avoid air gaps. Backfill shall be good compactable material without large rocks, chunks or sticks. Backfill in all excavations shall be progressively compacted in maximum 12 inch lifts to 95% of maximum density, and shall be without voids. Conduit and cable entrances, etc. shall be suitably sealed and/or grouted to prevent the entrance of moisture. Prior to excavation, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and vaults, and obtain specific approval from the Owner and Engineer for the location of each prior to installing equipment, boxes, raceways, etc. Maintain all bench marks, control monuments and stakes, whether newly established by Surveyor or previously existing. Protect from damage and dislocation. If necessary to disturb existing benchmark, re- establish in a safe place. The clearance between the underground conduit systems and other underground items, such as water and sewer lines shall be as large as necessary to permit maintenance of any of the systems without damage to the other items. Keep all excavations, pits, trenches, etc., entirely free from water. Protect excavations from rain or water from any source during construction. Use suitable pumping equipment or other means as required by conditions. Continue pumping as necessary until completion of work. When operations are interrupted by unfavorable weather conditions, prepare areas by grading and compaction to avoid ponding and erosion. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 8 3.04. 3.05. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Dirt shall not be permitted to accumulate on roads or adjacent green belts, nor to be washed into drainage ditches. Appropriate steps, such as the application of water, shall be taken to prevent airborne dust due to the work, particularly during excavation and moving of materials. Trenches, excavations and any damage to adjoining areas shall be repaired/restored to existing or better condition to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer. WARNING TAPES Direct bury warning tape 12 inches above topmost conduits. For multi-use excavations and trenches, provide multiple tapes. Tapes shall extend into vaults and be stubbed up with and secured to conduits as required for access when testing. BOXES Boxes shall be installed plumb and true and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building with approved anchors and fasteners, and shall be readily accessible for maintenance. Pull boxes or fittings shall be provided in conduit runs as required to prevent excessive stress on the cables during pulling and to allow the minimum required bending radius. Where an accessible ceiling space exists, locate above the ceiling; otherwise locate in an unobtrusive location to the approval of the Architect, Engineer and Owner. Pull boxes shall be provided at the transition between the surface metal raceway system and conduit or “open” cabling system. Where an accessible ceiling space exists, locate above the ceiling; otherwise locate in an unobtrusive location against the ceiling. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common non-fire rated walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 6 inches to minimize sound transmission between rooms. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common rated fire resistive walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 24 inches. Boxes mounted back-to-back will not be allowed. Raceways between boxes in adjoining rooms shall be filled as required to maintain the fire rating (where required) and minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. Low voltage cut-in type mounts in a common wall and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 12 inches and shall be separated by a stud. Area between low voltage cut-in type mounts without boxes shall be filled with insulation or other suitable material to minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. Provide flush blank covers on all boxes where devices have been removed during demolition. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 9 3.06. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion WIRE AND CABLE All wire and cable shall be enclosed within the raceway system, except: 1. Class 2 signal and control circuits, fire alarm system cable, telecommunications cable, etc. may be (or shall be where indicated) “fished” inside existing frame walls not being replaced or re-finished. Fished cables shall be provided with a suitable pull string, accessible at both ends. Floor and ceiling penetrations by “open” cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing) where “open” cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label, that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. Conductors of different voltages, systems, functions, etc. shall not be combined in the same raceway or cable unless specifically noted otherwise. Wire and cable shall not be exposed to weather or mechanical damage longer than necessary. Cut ends of cable shall immediately be sealed. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Use only guides, rollers, sheaves, etc. that are free-turning and clean. Cable shall not be dragged on the ground or over sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway system shall be complete, snaked and cleaned before pulling any cable. Provide conduits, boxes, etc. for telecommunications and other ancillary systems (where required by the ancillary system provider) "open" cable wiring within walls up to an accessible location above the ceiling. All cables shall terminate in an approved enclosure or fitting. Provide wire/cable markers (Brady type or equivalent/better) identifying its circuit number and/or final destination on all cables/conductors (power, telephone/computer, and other ancillary systems) at panels, devices, junction points, etc. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. All cable‘is subject to subtle damage that may degrade future performance, if abused during installation. In all cable installation, set reels and use sufficient pulleys and manpower so that cables are not pulled around comers or against material that might cause chafing. OBSERVATION OF IMPROPER CABLING HANDLING TECHNIQUES MAY CAUSE THE CONSULTANT/ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER TO REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCARD COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 10 3.07. 3.08. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion AFFECTED CABLES, INCLUDING ANY OTHERS ALREADY INSTALLED BY THE PERSONNEL FOUND USING INCORRECT PROCEDURE. At pulling points, the cables shall be neatly bundled by circuit. Taps and splices shall be kept to a minimum; and are not allowed in cables larger than #8 AWG, control cable, ancillary systems cable, etc. without prior approval from the Engineer. Conductor connections shall be made with connectors of the proper size and type. Compression connections shall be made with the correct die and number of crimps, or the correct tightening torque in the case of mechanical connectors, according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Care shall be taken to not nick conductors during insulation removal. Insulated cable supports shall be provided to relieve any strain imposed by cable weight or movement, and to secure cable as required to withstand the effects of fault currents. Field wiring shall not contact live parts. Suitable cable ties and/or supports shall be utilized in panelboards, etc. to group and support conductors. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels; or, if terminated on circuit breakers or control devices, by typewritten indexes or nameplates. CABLE TESTING Branch lighting and general purpose receptacle circuits do not require an insulation test, functional tests only are required; except, all receptacles shall be tested for correct connection using a suitable receptacle tester. PENETRATIONS Wall, ceiling and floor penetrations by raceways (both inside and outside the raceway), cables, etc. shall be sealed to maintain the original moisture, dust and fire resistance to the approval of the Architect. Do not cut, notch or drill structural framing members for the installation of raceways without the Architect's approval in each case. Holes and penetrations where allowed in studs, joists and other structural members for raceways and cables shall be of a size to allow for a tight fit. Provide sleeves connecting surface metal raceways on opposite sides of walls. Cut existing surface metal raceway covers on each side of new walls. Floor and ceiling penetrations by “open” cables will not be allowed. Contractor shall x-ray or otherwise determine the exact location of existing structural components, conduits, piping, wiring, ducts and the like prior to making any new penetrations or openings (or expanding existing openings) in any floor, wall or ceiling. COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 11 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 3.09. PULL STRINGS AND ROPES A. Provide pull strings in all above grade telecommunications (with and without cables), Audio-Video, spare, etc. conduits. B. Provide pull rope in all cable trays (with and without cables). C. Provide pull string with all cables run “open” concealed and fished inside existing walls. End of Section 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS 26 05 00 - 12 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 28 Sections apply to all the grounding work. B. Coordinate grounding work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GROUNDING A. Ground clamps, nuts, washers, etc. shall be corrosion resistant high copper alloy or silicon bronze. B. Branch circuits, control circuits, etc. shall include a separate equipment ground cable (sized the same as the largest circuit conductor, unless otherwise noted) run in the same raceway with the circuit conductors or bundled with the circuit conductors if run “open”. Equipment ground conductors for branch circuits, control circuits, etc. installed in metallic raceways shall be redundant, consisting of both an electrically continuous metal raceway system and the separate equipment ground cable run in the same raceway with the circuit conductors. C. Audio-Video system raceways, conduits, boxes, etc. shall be suitably grounded. Provide a separate ground cable from the power branch circuit equipment ground conductor which serves the audio-video equipment and bond the raceway system at the Podium Pull Box. Where required, the ground conductor shall run in the same raceway as the audio-video cabling and shall bond physically isolated sections of the raceway system. GROUNDING 26 05 26 - 1 202. 2.03. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PANELS Provide both ground and neutral bars in panels (new and existing). All connectors and lugs shall be solderless, pressure type suitable for copper or aluminum wire. WIRE AND CABLE Ground wire and cable sizes indicated and/or specified are minimums only and shall be increased as required due to NEC, system, load, voltage drop, etc. requirements. Equipment ground cable shall be single conductor stranded copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THEN insulation. Conductor size shall match branch circuit, etc. conductor size unless noted otherwise. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. GROUNDING All electrical equipment, enclosures, boxes, devices, etc. shall be provided with a ground fault return path by means of an insulated grounding conductor installed with the circuit conductors, and the integrity of the raceway system if applicable. Bond raceway system as required. Ground terminals of all equipment, devices, etc. shall be grounded by the equipment ground conductor. Raceways shall be closely and tightly fitted in couplings, connectors, boxes, etc. to provide an electrically continuous low resistance ground fault return path. Threaded joints shall be made up with at least 5 threads fully engaged. Building steel and interior metal piping systems shall be suitably bonded. Grounding conductors exposed to mechanical damage shall be protected with PVC conduit sleeves with bushings. Before grounding connections are made, contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and anti-oxidant solution applied. Connections shall be both mechanically and electrically secure. Torque connecting hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Torque connecting bolts at telecommunications grounding busbars to 35 ft/Ibs. Tests shall be made to verify the continuity of the ground system and all ground fault return paths. End of Section 26 05 26 GROUNDING 26 05 26 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 26 07 00 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. A. 1.02. 1.03. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. SUMMARY The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 28 Sections apply to all the moisture, fire and dust stopping and sealing work. Coordinate moisture, fire and dust stopping and sealing work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. SUBMITTALS Provide submittals for all moisture, fire and dust stop materials, complete with a description of where each type is proposed to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. A. 2.02. GENERAL Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. MOISTURE PROOFING Moisture proofing systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through exterior walls, floors, etc. They shall provide a barrier seal to prevent the penetration of water and gases into the structure to be penetrated. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 10-1 2.03. 2.04. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion FIRE STOPPING AND SEALING MATERIALS Fire-stop systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through fire rated walls or floors. They shall provide a barrier seal to prevent the penetration of fire, smoke, water, and gases, with a fire rating to match the rating of the architectural assembly or structure to be penetrated. Fire-stop systems shall consist of one or more of the following materials: 1. Ablative (typical of silicone-based technology); 2. Cementitious (Can be troweled like grout or mortar, but is specifically designed or the purpose. Grout shall not be permitted); 3. Elastomeric (Flexible substance which resembles rubber); 4. Endothermic (Absorbing heat energy.); 5. Intumescent (Swelling under the influence of heat, pillows, etc.) 6. Mechanical (Assemblies that allow additions or deletions) Fire-stop systems shall be qualified for the intended use. Fire-stop material within wall and floor sleeves and the like shall be intumescent bags. Fire-stop material around cable penetrations, within raceways (except wall and floor sleeves), etc. shall be intumescent bags or soft, pliable, non-hardening intumescent putty, with high dielectric strength (insulator). Material shall allow removal of the material(s)/system(s) for future cable additions and/or removals. Fire-stop products shall be as manufactured by "Nelson", "Dow Corning" or approved equal. DUST SEALING MATERIALS Dust seal systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through non- rated ceilings, walls, partitions or floors. Dust sealant around raceways and the like shall be top grade paintable silicone based or poly-sulfite caulk, or expanding foam type sealant. Dust sealant around cable penetrations, within raceways, etc. shall allow removal of the material for future cable additions and/or removals. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 10-2 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. A. 3.02. INSTALLATION Provide all fire-stop sealing for all penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floors, walls and partition construction; including empty openings and openings containing cables, raceways, supports and other penetrating items as required, both new and existing where new cables, raceways and the like have been installed. Contractor is responsible for verifying the fire rating of the barrier to be penetrated. 1. Provide all fire-stop sealing for all penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floors, walls and partition construction; including empty openings and openings containing cables, raceways, supports and other penetrating items as required, both new and existing where new cables, raceways and the like have been installed. Contractor is responsible for verifying the fire rating of the barrier to be penetrated. 2. Install fire-stop systems in accordance with manufacturer-tested methods and to manufacturer's instructions. If required, extend fire-stop system through the full thickness of the wall or floor and through the full length of the sleeve. 3. Seal openings with a removable fire-stop material after each shift. Do not leave unattended openings in building fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions and floors at any time during construction. Where sleeves or penetrations are installed through non-rated partitions, provide a dust seal to prevent dust from migrating between the spaces separated by the partition. Also, where fire stop material does not completely fill an opening (e.g. intumescent pillows), provide suitable dust sealant as required. Where existing sleeves or penetrations are re-entered for installation of new cables, Contractor shall modify/re-install or provide new fire stop material as required to maintain the original fire rating of the barrier. MOISTURE PROOFING Conduit terminations at equipment, etc. shall be suitably sealed and/or plugged at both ends to prevent the entrance of moisture. Conduit penetrations through building exterior walls shall be suitably sealed and/or grouted to prevent the entrance of moisture. End of Section 26 07 00 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 10-3 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 26 20 00 -LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. A. 1.02. 1.03. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. SUMMARY The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 27 Sections apply to all the electrical equipment and devices work. Coordinate electrical equipment and devices work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. SUBMITTALS Provide submittals for the following: Switchboard circuit breakers, mounting hardware, bus extensions. Panelboards. Circuit breakers. Disconnect switches. Cable Reel. Wiring devices. On eM . LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 1 | | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. A. 2.02. SWITCHBOARDS Circuit breakers for use in existing switchboard shall match existing manufacturer, voltage and short circuit rating of the switchboard. Circuit breakers shall include all mounting hardware, bus extensions, cover plates etc. to provide a complete operating system. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, molded-case, thermal magnetic, quick make-quick break type with trip indicating handles. Multi-pole breakers shall be single-handle, internal common trip. PANELS Panels larger than 200 amp shall be dead-front, circuit breaker type panelboards, suitable for use as service entrance equipment where required (Load centers are allowed for 200 amp or smaller). Branch circuits shall be arranged using double row construction. Interiors shall be rigid and so designed that circuit breakers can be replaced, changed or added without disturbing adjacent units and without machining, drilling, or tapping. Busses shall be copper or tinned aluminum. Ground and neutral bars shall be provided. All connectors and lugs shall be solderless, pressure type suitable for copper or aluminum wire. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, molded-case, thermal magnetic, quick make-quick break type with trip indicating handles. Branch circuit breakers for motor loads shall be HACR type. Branch circuit breakers for lighting loads shall be SWD type. Multi-pole breakers shall be single-handle, internal common trip. Tandem breakers shall not be used. Provide padlocking devices on circuit breakers where required. Circuit breaker handle ties shall be provided for all multi-wire branch circuits. Feeder breakers and branch circuit panels and breakers shall be fully short circuit rated. Spaces shall be bussed for the maximum device that can be fitted into them, and shall be equipped with mounting and connecting accessories for future installation of circuit breakers. Panels shall be suitable for top and bottom entry of feeder and branch circuit conduits, cables, etc. Panels shall be industrial/commercial type panelboards with hinged door, catch and lock (all keyed alike). Residential type loadcenters are allowed for panels 200 amp or smaller to match existing already in building. Panels and each feeder breaker in each (clearly and accurately identifying the function and location) shall have laminated plastic master nameplates. Panels shall have a circuit directory frame and card with a transparent cover furnished on the door. Directory cards shall have a typewritten index clearly and accurately identifying the function and location (using the room name and numbering system shown on the Architectural plans) of the circuit. Circuit directory cards shall be arranged to match the physical arrangement of the breakers, with odd numbered circuits on the left side of the card and even numbered circuits on the right side of the card. Where LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 2 2.03. 2.04. 2.05. I. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion required due to the size of the directory frame, the odd numbered circuits may be on a separate card from the even numbered circuits. Odd and even numbered circuits shall not be intermingled together. DISCONNECT SWITCHES Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, horsepower rated, safety switches. The switches shall have a handle whose position is easily recognizable, lockable in the OFF position, operable from the front and in control of the disconnecting means with the cover open or closed. The switch position shall be non-teasible, positive, quick make-quick break. Line, load, neutral and ground lugs shall be provided as required. Cable terminals shall be suitable for copper and aluminum wire. CABLE REELS Cable reels shall be medium-duty industrial type, 120 volt, 1 phase, plug-in type, with minimum 10 feet of 2 conductor plus ground #12 AWG type SJO cord hung vertically and 2 duplex receptacles in a nonmetallic pendant type box. Reel shall be all steel construction with swinging ceiling type mount, automatic spring re- wind, ratchet lock, external spring tension adjustment and adjustable cord guide. Collector ring shall be rated minimum 120 volts, 20 amps. WIRING DEVICES Wiring devices shall be specification grade, all of the same manufacturer, colored to match what is already existing in the building. Lighting switches shall be toggle, AC quiet type rated 20 amps, 120-277 volt. Pilot light switches shall be lit when on. Equipment disconnect type switches shall be toggle, heavy duty manual motor controllers, horsepower rated, with the number of poles and ampere rating indicated and/or required. Timer switches shall be mechanical type, spring wound, 30 minute timing range with single pole, single throw contact (breaks circuit at end of timing cycle) rated 20 amps and 1 H.P. at 125 volts AC. Motion sensor switches shall be ultrasonic or passive infrared type, wall mounted, ivory colored, 120-277 volt, rated minimum 1200 watt, with switch for manual control and vandal resistant hard lens. General purpose receptacles shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, AC, straight blade, 3-wire grounding type. Ground fault interrupter (GFI) type receptacles shall be duplex, Class A, 15 amp, 125 volt. Provide individual ground fault interrupter type receptacles at each location indicated or as required. Feed-through type protection of multiple outlets will not be allowed. Special purpose receptacles shall be of the type, ratings and design for the use intended, NEMA configuration. Provide matching plugs where indicated. Flush mounted devices shall have specification grade stainless steel wallplates to match existing. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 3 2.06. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Surface mounted devices shall have raised surface type covers, galvanized steel. Weather-proof devices (other than receptacles) shall be equipped with stainless steel or cast metal covers and spring-loaded gasketed doors. Weather-proof receptacles shall be equipped with high impact polycarbonate covers. Covers shall maintain a weatherproof rating whether or not an attachment plug is inserted. Definite purpose devices shall be labeled with a description of the device's function, rating and circuit identification. All outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which the device is fed. Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear with black letters on light colored devices and clear with white letters on dark colored devices. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, except minimum '/s inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Provide nameplates for all equipment and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. Include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. 1. Switchboard and each feeder circuit breaker within each. 2. Panelboards and each feeder circuit breaker within each. 3. Disconnect switches. All outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which the device is fed. Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear with black letters on light colored devices and clear with white letters on dark colored devices. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, except minimum '/; inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function or operation of the identified equipment, devices, etc. and, where applicable, include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. Nameplate designations shall be consistent with the project documents. Submit proposed inscriptions for approval. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION — 26 20 00 - 4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. A. 3.02. 3.03. TEMPORARY POWER The Contractor shall provide all temporary power services, facilities, equipment, devices, material, etc. required for the construction; including adequate lighting, outlets, balancing, testing, etc. as may be necessary for the proper performance and inspection of the work as well as any temporary wiring to maintain existing building operations. The temporary power system shall be provided in a neat and safe manner, in compliance with governing codes and good working practice. The temporary power system shall be removed when no longer required. LOCATIONS The mounting heights and location of similar equipment and devices shall be consistent, in accordance with the requirements of the ADA where applicable. Special purpose items shall be located conveniently for the purpose intended. Disconnect switches, circuit breakers, etc. shall, in no case, be installed so that the grip of the operating handle, when in its highest position, is more than 6'/, feet above the floor or working platform. Outlets (power, telecommunications, etc.) shall be mounted 18 inches to centerline above finished floor unless noted otherwise; except, outlets above counters, etc. shall be mounted 6 inches to centerline above the counter or 3 inches to centerline above the splashboard, whichever is higher. Locate light switches, etc. 6 inches from door casings (except on center in spaces less than 12 inches), 42 inches to centerline above finished floor. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and obtain specific approval from the Owner and Engineer for the location of each prior to installing enclosures, boxes, raceways, etc. EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES Equipment, devices, enclosures, etc. shall be installed plumb and true and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings and structural members. The location of similar items shall be consistent. Equipment, cabinets, boxes, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. The correct lifting, jacking and/or moving gear which will prevent damage to the equipment shall be used. All bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened and all covers replaced on equipment and boxes. All electrical connections, particularly those on bus work in panelboards, etc. shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. All gaskets, seals, etc. shall be checked for proper fit. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 5 3.04. 3.05. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide all boxes, mountings, wiring or fittings required, standard or special. The Contractor shall touch-up paint all scratched, marred or damaged factory finish on equipment, devices, enclosures, etc. Provide flush blank covers on all boxes where devices have been removed during demolition. DEVICES Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common non-fire rated walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 6 inches to minimize sound transmission between rooms. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common rated fire resistive walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 24 inches. Boxes mounted back-to-back will not be allowed. Raceways between boxes in adjoining rooms shall be filled as required to maintain the fire rating (where required) and minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. TESTING Before testing, visually inspect equipment thoroughly, and perform mechanical operation tests in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Before energization, test all equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Feeder Insulation Resistance Tests: 1. Test using a500 VDC or 1000 VDC megohmmeter. 2. Ground all phases not being tested. 3. Measure insulation resistance at one minute following the application of the test voltage. 4. Ground each phase at the completion of the test. Upon completion, all equipment and systems shall be tested for functional operation, including all intended modes and sequences of operation. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 6 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion E. Record the values of each test, along with the description of the instrument, voltage level, temperature, time, and date of the test on the form included in the contract documents. Sign the results. End of Section 26 20 00 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 -7 | | | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 26 50 00 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. A. 1.02. 1.03. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. SUMMARY The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 and 27 Sections apply to all the lighting work. Coordinate lighting work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. SUBMITTALS Provide submittals for the following: 1. Lighting fixtures, ballasts and lamps. 2. Lighting control devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. A. LIGHTING Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic, high frequency, high power factor, Class P (protected) type, of the manufacturer's most energy efficient full-light output design with a minimum ballast factor of 0.88, maximum lamp current crest factor of 1.7, less than 10% total harmonic distortion and Class A sound rating. Ballasts shall comply with FCC and NEMA limits as to EMI and RFI and not interfere with the operation of sensitive electronic equipment. Ballasts design and construction shall conform with CBM standards and be identified as such with a CBM-ETL label. LIGHTING ._. 26 50 00 - 1 2.02. 203. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Unless noted otherwise, all fluorescent fixtures (except those with dimming ballasts) with 3 or more lamps shall be provided with minimum 2 ballasts or other methods to allow multi-level switching. Incandescent lamps shall be rated 130 volt. Lamps (all types), where available, shall pass the federal TCLP test for hazardous waste determination. “Open” lamps in food preparation and display areas shall be provided with clear unbreakable polycarbonate . tube guards, dust and moisture resistant, suitable for use in food preparation areas. Fixtures, luminaires, etc. shall include all necessary mounting and connecting accessories. Contractor & lighting fixture supplier shall verify description & catalog numbers in Lighting Fixture Schedule on the drawings match and mounting requirements are correct. Advise engineer of any conflicts or discrepancies. LAMPS Provide lamps for all fixtures, luminaires, etc. Fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, color corrected type. Fluorescent lamps shall be color corrected type, 3500° K color temperature, with a minimum 78 color rendering index (CRI) rating. Average rated lamp life shall be 30,000 hours. Lamps shall be low mercury type and pass the federal TCLP test for hazardous waste determination. LIGHTING CONTROLS Occupancy sensors: 1. Occupancy sensors shall be combination passive infrared and ultrasonic type, ceiling or wall mounted (as indicated), with adjustable time delay, adjustable sensitivity, and an LED indicator. Lenses shall be as required for the application (e.g. wide angle for classrooms and the like and long range for corridors). The sensors shall be able to detect the difference between a human body and the background space. Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors shall be Watt Stopper DT-300, or approved equal. 2. Occupancy sensors relays/power packs shall be remote mounted, 120 or 277 volt AC input (as required), 24 volt DC output, with single or multiple relays and contacts rated minimum 20 amps as required. Relays/ power packs shall be capable of controlling and/or being controlled by up to minimum 3 sensors. Occupancy sensors relays/power packs shall be of the same manufacturer and specifically designed for use with the occupancy sensors. 3. Where required due to the quantity of occupancy sensors, provide additional remote power supplies. Power supplies shall be of the same manufacturer and specifically designed for use with the occupancy sensors. LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion B. Motion sensor switches shall be ultrasonic or passive infrared type, wall mounted, ivory colored, 120-277 volt, rated minimum 1200 watt, with switch for manual control and vandal resistant hard lens. C. Photo-electric controls shall be minimum 1500 watt with adjustable ON/OFF range. Locate/shield as required. Photoelectric controls for pole mounted luminaires shall be pole-top mounted, turn-lock type with receptacle. 2.04. WIRE AND CABLE A. Fixture cable, where supplied by the Contractor, shall be stranded copper with 600 volt type PF insulation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. LOCATIONS A. The mounting heights and location of similar equipment and devices shall be consistent, in accordance with the requirements of the ADA where applicable. Special purpose items shall be located conveniently for the . purpose intended. B. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices locations, and obtain specific approval from the Owner and Architect for the location of each prior to installing enclosures, boxes, raceways, etc. C. Locate light switches, lighting control stations, etc. 6 inches from door casings (except on center in spaces less than 12 inches), 42 inches to centerline above finished floor. 3.02. EQUIPMENT, LUMINAIRES AND DEVICES A. Equipment, luminaires, devices, etc. shall be installed plumb and true and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings and structural members. B. Unless noted or indicated otherwise, orientation of luminaires within a space shall be consistent. C. Recessed luminaires: 1. Maintain code and manufacturer required clearances from combustible and other materials, insulation, etc. around luminaires. Coordinate with general and insulation contractors. 2. Recessed luminaires in rated ceilings shall be enclosed or otherwise provided with an approved pre- manufactured fire rated barrier as required to ensure the integrity of the fire rated assembly. Maintain code and manufacturer required clearances around luminaires. Coordinate with general contractor and ceiling provider. D. The correct lifting, jacking and/or moving gear which will prevent damage shall be used. LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 3 3.03. 3.04. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Occupancy sensors shall be mounted and aimed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. All necessary adjustments and settings shall be made in order to ensure the lights will operate when the room is occupied. Photoelectric controls shall be mounted and aimed in accordance with manufacturer’ s recommendations. All necessary adjustments and settings shall be made in order to ensure the controls will operate properly. All bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened and all covers replaced. All electrical connections shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. All gaskets, seals, etc. shall be checked for proper fit. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide any special mountings, wiring or fittings required. Repair damaged corrosion protection and touch-up paint all scratched, marred or damaged factory finish on equipment, devices, fixtures, enclosures, etc. SUPPORTS Provide all necessary supports and backing for all fixtures, boxes, enclosures, etc. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. Use size and number of attachments as required to support equipment, fixtures, etc. weight with a safety factor of at least four. Powder actuated fasteners, plastic expansion type anchors, nails and toggle bolts are not permitted. Fixtures, luminaires, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. Ceiling mounted recessed light fixtures, etc. shall be connected both to the ceiling system with proper "earthquake" clips and to the building structural system with a minimum of 2 suitable earthquake chains or "tie wires" at diagonally opposite corners. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide all supports, mountings, etc. required, standard or special. WIRES AND CABLES Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label and that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. All exposed cable shall be run in the raceway system, except where specifically approved otherwise. “Open” wiring will not be allowed. LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion C. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. D. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. E. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. F. All cable is subject to subtle damage that may degrade future performance, if abused during installation. In all cable installation, set reels and use sufficient pulleys and manpower so that cables are not pulled around comers or against material that might cause chafing. OBSERVATION OF IMPROPER CABLING HANDLING TECHNIQUES MAY CAUSE THE CONSULTANT/ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER TO REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCARD AFFECTED CABLES, INCLUDING ANY OTHERS ALREADY INSTALLED BY THE PERSONNEL FOUND USING INCORRECT PROCEDURE. G. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. 3.05. EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Before testing, visually inspect equipment thoroughly, and perform mechanical operation tests in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. End of Section 26 50 00 LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 5 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY SECTION 28 31 00 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. A. 1.02. 1.03. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. SUMMARY The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26 Sections apply to all the fire detection & alarm and security system work. Coordinate fire detection & alarm and security system work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. The existing fire detection & alarm and security system panel is manufactured by DSC, model MAXSYS, PC4020CF. See attached pictures of existing panel at the end of this section. Unless specifically noted otherwise, fire detection & alarm and security system and all components shall be modified, replaced, upgraded, etc. as required for the new work (including panels, power booster panels, devices, modules, etc.). System and all components shall match the existing system in the building. No substitutions (except, upon product submittal review, complete replacement of system will be acceptable to be of different manufacturer than existing. Include all costs in bid). Provide equipment, devices, programming/re-programming and all necessary accessories for modifications, replacement, upgrades and expansions to the existing fire detection & alarm systems and security system as indicated. Coordinate with the Owner to maintain function of the existing security system. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. PLAN REVIEW AND PERMITS The Contractor shall submit complete sets of fire alarm system submittals as required to the Bellingham Fire Department for approval and pay the plan review fees. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-1 | PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion B. The Contractor shall arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. C. All necessary permits and approvals shall be obtained prior to the start of construction. 1.04. APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER A. The existing fire detection & alarm and security system panel is manufactured by DSC, model MAXSYS, PC4020CF. B. Unless specifically noted otherwise, fire detection & alarm and security system and all components shall be modified, replaced, upgraded, etc. as required for the new work (including panels, power booster panels, devices, modules, etc.). System and all components shall match the existing system in the building. No substitutions (except, upon submittal review, complete replacement of system will be acceptable to be of different manufacturer than existing). C. The Engineered System Distributor shall be an authorized factory representative of the specified equipment to ensure proper specification adherence for system programming, operation, final connection, test, turnover, warranty compliance, and after-market service. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire detection & alarm and security system shall be installed by, or under the direct supervision of, a qualified representative of the manufacturer. Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with fire alarm systems and the required methods of installation. B. The Distributor’s site technician shall be certified and employed by the subcontractor at time of bid and employed by the subcontractor for the duration of the project. No exceptions. C. The Distributor and distributor’s certified site technicians shall have a minimum of 3 years experience installing fire alarm panels/systems of the manufacturer. D. The certified site technician shall make site visits during construction, coordinate with installing electrician regarding installation, box sizes, cabling routing, etc. and provide written field report accepting the work. E. Programming, testing, etc. shall be by a qualified representative of the manufacturer. F. System shall comply with all requirements of NFPA #72 (National Fire Alarm Code), International Fire Code, International Building Code and ADA. G. Fire alarm system shall be in accordance with all applicable codes and standards and all requirements of the State of Washington and the City of Port Townsend. H. System modifications shall comply with the City of Port Townsend Fire Protection Development Standards. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-2 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1.06. SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete documentation for the fire alarm system equipment, devices, materials, etc. showing the model number, type, rating, size, style, manufacturer's names, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for all items. Include data on features, rating, and performance. B. Submittals shall include complete fire alarm system wiring diagrams, plan drawings, etc. (Note: The contract drawings on disc in AutoCAD format will be available from the Engineer if desired.). Include dimensioned plan and elevation views, diagrams, and other details of components as appropriate. C. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for review and approval prior to submitting to the Authority Having Jurisdiction over the work for review and approval of the contract documents. Include any corrections in the shop drawings. D. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Owner for review 2 weeks after Notice to Proceed. E. Shop drawings submittals shall include power supply and circuit load calculations. Provide larger power supplies if required. F. Shop drawings shall include voltage drop calculations for all notification alarm circuits. Increase cable sizes or provide additional circuits as required. G. Shop drawings submittals shall include calculations to support the size of the existing stand-by batteries with the addition of new devices. Provide larger stand-by batteries if required. H. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. 1.07. COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. The building will remain in full operation during the construction period. See specification section 01 10 00 for specific dates, scheduling and coordination. Include all costs in bid (including working non-standard hours as required). 1.08. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit "as-built" record drawings and operation and maintenance manuals at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these Specifications. B. Provide as-built documentation consistent with the contract documents as required, in AutoCAD Version 2000 or 2002 .dwg files with as-built notations for all sheets. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-3 | | | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. A. B. 2.02. 2.03. GENERAL Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they match the existing system seamlessly. Contractor shall make certain that all materials selected by him, his subcontractors or by his suppliers, conform exactly to requirements of the drawings and specifications. Transmittal of such specifications and drawing information to subcontractors, person manufacturing and/or supplying materials to the project, and rigid adherence thereto, is the Contractor's responsibility. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be UL (Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.) and FM (Factory Mutual) listed, labeled and approved for the service intended where UL standards have been established. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be new and installed only if in first class condition, unless specifically designated as existing. EXISTING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The existing fire detection & alarm and security system panel is manufactured by DSC, model MAXSYS, PC4020CF. The existing control panel/system shall be modified and/or expanded, re-programmed, replaced, etc. as required to accommodate the new devices. Viewing of the existing system is available during bidding. Scheduling is required before visiting site. The existing system does not appear to have existing horn/strobes in the building. Provide necessary components to add new horn/strobe devices as required. All new components shall be specifically designed to interoperate with the existing fire detection and alarm system. All work performed to the existing system shall be under the direct supervision of a qualified representative of the manufacturer. See attached (at the end of this section) existing fire & security alarm panel (FAP) pictures of the panel and its interior. PROGRAMMING/RE-PROGRAMMING Existing Fire Alarm Panel programming/re-programming shall be provided by the contractor. The new/modified program shall match existing program and functions. The contractor shall review the existing program prior to any new programming/re-programming. Alarm operations and user operations shall be programmed into the panel based on applicable codes and owner requirements. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM - 283100-4 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 2.04. REMOTE BOOSTER POWER SUPPLIES A. Booster power supply panels shall: 1 2. 10. Provide power to notification appliance circuits (NACs). Be capable for use as auxiliary power supply. Contain minimum four configurable independent signaling/auxiliary circuits (3 amps each). Provide strobe synchronization. Have configurable signal rates. Have 2 inputs to allow activation by signature series modules or existing NACs. Have on board status LEDs for easy recognition of wiring faults. Have 120 volt input supply with 24 volts DC output power supply. Support up to 24 amp hour batteries, up to 65 amp hour for access control applications. Terminal blocks as required for all field wiring. B. Booster Power Panels shall be compatible with the main building control panel. 2.05. DEVICES & DETECTORS A. Devices (smoke detectors, heat detectors, pull stations, etc.) shall be compatible with building panel, 2 wire, with voltage as required to match existing system. B. Detectors shall be 2 piece, consisting of a base and separate plug-in head. C. Smoke detectors: 1. Ceiling smoke detectors shall be ionization or photoelectric type, suitable for its function and location with screen (or other method) to prevent insect and dust contamination, test switch and latching LED. Smoke detectors shall be suitable for the expected temperature and humidity fluctuations, and be immune to electrical noise from H.I.D. and fluorescent light fixtures, electronic equipment, etc. Ionization detectors shall be dual chamber, adjustable sensitivity. Photoelectric detectors shall have a symmetrical optical chamber, shielded from ambient light, with infrared light source. A. Heat Detectors I Heat detectors shall continually monitor the temperature of the air in its surroundings to minimize thermal lag to the time required to process an alarm. The integral microprocessor shall determine if an alarm condition exists and initiate an alarm based on the analysis of the data. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-5 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion _ 2. Fixed temperature type heat detectors shall have a low mass thermistor heat sensor and operate at a fixed temperature nominal alarm point rating of 135°F. 3. Rate-of-rise type heat detectors shall have a low mass thermistor heat sensor and operate at a fixed temperature alarm point rating of 135°F and a rate-of-rise alarm point of 15°F per minute. B. Manual Pull Stations 1. Pull stations shall be non-coded, manual, single action, enclosed manual reset type, flush mounted, diecast aluminum construction, red finish (with white or silver “PULL IN CASE OF FIRE” lettering), with a screwdriver reset switch for positive resetting action and an optional break glass rod. Surface mounting boxes where required shall be matching type, steel or diecast aluminum with a red finish. C. Provide trim skirts for detectors to cover openings as required. 2.06. SIGNALING DEVICES A. Fire alarm horns shall be 24 volt DC, and sized as required to provide the minimum acceptable or code required sound level. B. Fire alarm strobes shall be 24 volt DC, minimum as indicated (except as required by ADA or the authority having jurisdiction to provide the minimum required intensity level throughout the space) with clear polycarbonate lens and FIRE lettering. Strobes throughout a space shall be synchronized. C. New alarm strobes shall synchronize with the existing devices. If the existing devices are not capable of synchronization, they shall be replaced at no increase in contract sum. D. Fire alarm horn/strobes shall be as above; except, combined into a single assembly. E. Provide white finish, match existing wall for mounting plates and surface mounted device boxes where required. F. All junction, splice and pull boxes shall be red. 2.07. BATTERIES A. Batteries shall be gel electrolyte, no maintenance type, sized as required to operate the entire system, or portions of the system which are powered by the batteries for a minimum of 4 hours and then be capable of operating alarm devices for a minimum of 10 minutes, plus have a minimum of 50% spare capacity. B. Increase existing panel batteries as required for the new work. Provide calculations to support. 2.08. WIRE AND CABLE A. Detection circuits cable: FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-6 2.09. 2.10. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 1. Detection circuit cable run in raceways shall be single conductor solid copper with 600 volt type TFFN insulation. 2. The minimum conductor size shall be #18 AWG. Visual alarm (strobe) circuits cable: 1. Visual alarm circuit cable run in raceways shall be single conductor stranded copper with 600 volt type THHN/THWN insulation. 2. The minimum conductor size shall be #14 AWG. 3. | Voltage drop shall be limited so that the voltage at end of the circuit shall not be less than 21 volts. Provide voltage drop calculations prior to installation and provide new circuits as required. Power supply circuits cable: 1. Power supply circuit cable run in raceways shall be single conductor solid copper with 600 volt type TFEN insulation. 2. The minimum conductor size shall be #18 AWG. Color coding of cables shall match existing in the building. Increase cable sizes if/as required to compensate for voltage drop. All fire detection and alarm system and security systems cable shall be run in the raceway system. “Open” wiring is not allowed. BOXES device, junction, etc. boxes for fire alarm systems other than the surface raceway type shall be substantially red in color, both inside and outside. Existing signaling device surface mounted boxes shall be removed and replaced with new surface mount boxes specifically listed for use by the device manufacturer. Provide blank covers on all boxes that do not contain devices (new, existing and where devices are being removed). Paint to match existing or as specified. CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS Taps and splices in fire alarm circuit cable will not be allowed. Pull through junction, pull, etc. boxes and conduit fittings to devices where possible. Multiple splices, taps, etc. from a single location shall be done in terminal boxes with suitable terminal blocks. Multiple splices, taps, etc. at a single location will not be allowed with “wire nuts”. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-7 PT Food Co-op | Renovation & Expansion B. Cable ties shall be utilized in panels, etc. to group and support conductors. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels. 2.11. NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates, labels, identification tags, etc. shall utilize identifier formats consistent with the Owner’s standards used elsewhere on campus. Coordinate format to Owner prior to construction. B. All labels shall be neatly typed or generated with a mechanical labeling device. C. All labels shall be long lasting and durable, resistant to heat, moisture, solvents, oil, etc. D. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, with lettering etched through the outer covering. Character size as appropriate for the application, approved by Engineer; except minimum '/, inch. Nameplates shall be securely fastened with suitable adhesive or self tapping screws. E. Identification tags shall be plastic, flexible type with a label. Identification tags shall be securely fastened with cable ties. Tags shall be attached so as to be clearly visible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. DEMOLITION A. All surplus material removed during the demolition shall be inspected by the owner and those items selected shall remain the property of the owner. All remaining surplus materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the contractor. 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Installation of the fire alarm system and its components shall be done by, or under the direct supervision of, a factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer. B. Install, connect and test smoke detector bases and initiating circuits prior to installation of smoke detector heads. Unless required by the authority having jurisdiction for protection during construction, do not install smoke detector heads until after construction clean-up by all trades has been completed. Detectors that have been installed prior to final clean-up shall be cleaned and/or replaced as required after final clean-up. 3.03. LOCATIONS A. Locations and mounting heights of equipment, devices, etc. shall be consistent, and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, ADA and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Locate fire alarm devices (horns, strobes, etc.) 80 inches to centerline above finished floor or 6 inches below ceiling, whichever is lower, 6 inches from door casings, corners, etc.; except, on center in spaces narrower than 12 inches. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-8 3.04. 3:05. PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Unless noted or indicated otherwise, smoke and heat detectors shall be ceiling mounted. In sloped ceiling areas, detectors shall be located within 3 feet of the peak, measured horizontally. Locate smoke detectors a minimum of 36” from air supply grills. Wall mounted smoke and heat detectors shall be located between 4 inches and 12 inches down from the ceiling to the top of the detector. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. INTERRUPTIONS Fire alarm systems interruptions, whether to individual equipment or to the entire system, shall not be done without prior approval and scheduling with the Owner and Fire Department a minimum of 14 days in advance with confirmation 48 hours in advance. When the fire alarm system is out of service, the fire department and the fire code official shall be notified immediately. Fire alarm systems work that affect operation of the existing facility (unless permission is obtained from the Owner) shall not be done during normal working hours. Some working of non-standard hours will be required, without increase in Contract Sum. . During the construction process, once the fire alarm system is out of service, work shall continue according to the approved service outage schedule and the outage shall be kept to a minimum. The contractor shall continue work per the approved schedule until the entire system is back in service. The contractor shall provide an approved fire watch per applicable codes as required when the fire alarm system is out of service without increase in Contract Sum. As much as possible, cables and equipment shall be pre-assembled, systems prefabricated and cable pre- installed to minimize the change-over down time. WIRES AND CABLES Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label and that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. All exposed cable shall be run in the raceway system, except where specifically approved otherwise. “Open” wiring will not be allowed; except within telecommunications rooms. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-9 | PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. E. Allcable is subject to subtle damage that may degrade future performance, if abused during installation. In all cable installation, set reels and use sufficient pulleys and manpower so that cables are not pulled around corners or against material that might cause chafing. OBSERVATION OF IMPROPER CABLING HANDLING TECHNIQUES MAY CAUSE THE CONSULTANT/ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER TO REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCARD AFFECTED CABLES, INCLUDING ANY OTHERS ALREADY INSTALLED BY THE PERSONNEL FOUND USING INCORRECT PROCEDURE. F. In general, cable cannot tolerate sharp bends or excessive pull tension during installation. Adhere to manufacturers recommended minimum bend radius and maximum pull tension for cables; except, not less than 2 inch bending radius and pulling tension in excess of 20 pounds. G. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. Cable lubricants specifically designed for installing communications cable may be used to reduce pulling tension as necessary when pulling cable into conduit. After installation, exposed cable and other surfaces must be cleaned free of lubricant residue. H. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. I. Contractor shall identify the incoming wire pair for the addressable device loop at each device with a single wrap of red electrical tape. Outgoing wire pairs shall not be marked. 3.06. TESTING A. After completion of new work contractor shall take field measurements of circuit amperage and end of line voltage and include results in O&M. B. Testing of the fire detection and alarm system shall be done by a qualified representative of the manufacturer; who, after completion, shall submit a letter that he has tested the system and found it acceptable in all respects. | C. Testing of the fire detection & alarm and security system shall be performed to ensure that the new or modified wiring is free of shorts and ground faults. D. Testing of the systems and all components shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72 and/or the authority having jurisdiction. E. Contractor shall notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct any tests. The actual time and date of tests shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor. FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 28 3100-10 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion F. For all tests not meeting criteria as determined by the Owner and Engineer, Contractor shall determine problem(s) and make corrections as required (including replacement of the cable and/or other components if necessary) at Contractor’s expense without increase in Contract Sum. After correction(s), Contractor shall repeat tests. G. Testing shall be performed prior to commissioning by the Owner. End of Section 28 31 00 FIRE DETECTION & ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM 283100-11 S, — ee | | i a : i § rz Pie to ects arial SBOE ft ptesn operation tieetiical Ratings teastatan Lind) Unter peiatcion tioned ate fee cas int Must Se athe fe The Bohar te PCE0a0 Commseeal fiw Gina Cerrpattie Beete Dima toes and Syston Cagactns. UE S aS Type ofControl Unit: Local (Automatic, Manual, Sp Central Station Protected Prem installation Limits under jurisdiction of local authority. This fire control unit must be installed in accordance wi ‘Association NFPA72. Refer to PC4020 Commercial Fire Guide 29002621 RO for detailed information on Compatible Smoke Detectors and System Capacities. Refer to {nstallation Manual 29003127 for system programming details. Refer to Instruction Manual 29002614 for system operation. Elecirical Ratings Secondary inputvoltage: 16.5Vac Current: 2.1A Frequency: 60Hz Primary: 120Vac0.5A Test Product Weekly. QDAy PC4020CF DUIDUODEC DRED oabe sits : at hourk Recommended ‘battery: DSO BOP: ARNING- Not to be re roved by This oad PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion SECTION 08 11 00 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. B. SECTION REQUIREMENTS Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 A. 2.2 MATERIALS Manufacturers: 1. Steelcraft. 2. Ceco Door. 3. Amweld Building Products. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, suitable for exposed applications. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, 40Z ((12G)) coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, sheet steel complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, 4OZ ((12G)) coating designation; mill phosphatized. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level indicated, 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick. I; Exterior Doors: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty). 2. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as door face sheets. Frames: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings unless otherwise indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Thickness for Exterior Doors: 0.067 inch minimum. 2. Fabricate exterior frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1110-1 PT Food Co-op Renovation & Expansion 3. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 4. Frame Anchors: Not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. Glazing Stops: Nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors; screw-applied, removable, glazing stops on inside, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series standards. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of lead- and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 A. INSTALLATION Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown or scheduled for hollow metal and frames, provide fire-rated doors and frames investigated and tested as a fire door assembly, complete with type of hardware to be used. Identify each door and frame with UL labels, including applicable fire rating of door and frame. Install hollow metal frames to comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. L Fire-Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. Install doors to provide clearances between doors and frames as indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.11. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying rust-inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 08 11 00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 10-2 SHEET METAL ~ Pes RECEIVER \ 6c V +4" TALL DERBICANT OR —“— APPROVED CANT STRIP SET IN BITUMEN OR PERFLASHING ADHESIVE ii (4 ROOF CURB DETAIL \Q2.3/ NO SCALE 144'-10" : ’ 6" | 8" | 8" 20'-8" 21-0" 20'-6" 20'-10" , , se: {—_._a ‘ = : + 4 ‘ | | @a) | | | | | | oe | | | | | = = | | | of) pS \ PT a | clely | | | 1 | | NOTICE: Plans are eng Y erica | | o— ag 1 ) | | any errors or omissions. wor. mus | | | \ pass inspection in conformance with | VALLEY | | | | all applicable codes and regulations. | 1 | | | - ait] i - FAP | APPROVED : I: = : ! A i | 8 F sini : PLAN REVISION Date_O/ Ua Lt | HX =| I | & I aie | Permit No. = | Py 7 AAP By: 2 | o—_}—-o—<") | | | 6 . y = : Li a : DATE: bhefu_ Building Official i i HT tj = SS SS == .. CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND | l SLOPE Ij —————— - ry | DOWN ! | — ——= SSS 8555 Ott oe S—————— =: - ae FILE COPY 1) | : o7 oe oo | | ie = oo oe es a, \—<7) | | | | 2 z | | | | | ! | ip | | | | | | = = | | | | | I + : | | | | | Serna steel le f2\ buf t ! ! aa a P| = i ail Rl e | | | | | Saal leas . il {2 MIN 10'-0" (V) | | | CO) | Qi |= —> | | | | | | vil | | | | | | | i ® |l Co | | | | | | | ee | J | | | | 7x | | oe | (10) | | | | | tr x x : : —< : : : : SEPARATE PERNT REQUIRED FDR HOOD SYSTEM \ ' 1 1 ' ' |, | | | | | [| | | | | | / © poo ------7~------ --- + ie “ = | | | | | ! : 4 | | | | | | EXHAUST FAN &/OR | | | | I Hi. | WEATHER HOOD NIC ; (oye —t—-----------1 fe ! e Ont | | | | 22 | | | | | | | l l Y l l | i | MOTORIZED DAMPER NIC | i i | I | : 3 : | METAL CURB FOIC _ | | | | I | (N) DERBIGUM MEMBRANE | FLASHING ; +) +) +S) +) | . | 3 : 3 | | | (N) DERBIGUM BASE PLYS ! Q | | | | i = 2 (E) TORCH DOWN G | | a5) | | | a ROOFING | 5 | | oa | | | | | | | | | | | | oj} <<) | | | | | | | | | (E) RIGID INSULATION | | | | | | <3) | | | a | (©)WOOD ROOF DECK | | | | | | : (N) 2x WOOD TRIM | | | | | | | j; PAINT FINISH | | | | | | | DEMO (E) WOOD DECK, FA 155 BRS : = © : lo} ~<a) 3 : | ! ROOFING & INSULATION y=* = o— | O11 — === — pea = ; = | i I i I SS #20"%24" y” SHEET METAL ENCLOSURE WITH EXTENDED FRONT SIDE TO FORM OVER PENETRATIONS "_- SHEET METAL \ MEMBRANE “FLASHING BASE PLY(S) COUNTER FLASHING “~ DERBIGUM FLASHING ROLL LEAD FLASHING MIN. 1" DOWN INSIDE PIPE (N) PLUMBING VENT STACK (E) RIGID INSULATION . (E) TORCH “ROOFING OPENING THROUGH ROOF TO BE 16" x 16” DOWN Sa WOOD ROOF DECK (3 \ CONDUIT HOUSING DETAIL \a2.3/ NO SCALE PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS (E) TORCH DOWN ROOFING (N) DERBIGUM MEMBRANE FLASHING (N) BEAD - DERBIGUM PER FLASH ADHESIVE ((2.\ PLUMBING VENT DETAIL \Q2.3/ NO SCALE =— HH H Ny —= H H H H TT T TA F T [ n I nn HH e= H H R H (N) 4x 4 PT WOOD SUPPORT + 6" WIDER THAN RTU SET IN PER FLASH ADHESIVE (2) REQUIRED FOR (E) (N) RTU IN (4) LOCATIONS 1 Fol (N) DERBIGUM MEMBRANE FLASHING (E) TORCH DOWN ROOFING (E) RIGID INSULATION (E) WOOD ROOF DECK (1 \_ RTU SUPPORT DETAIL \Q2.3/ NO SCALE ROOF PLAN Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" LY TRUE PROJECT NORTH NORTH (N) TORCH DOWN ROOFING Y ROOF PLAN FLAG NOTES (E) TORCH DOWN ROOFING (E) METAL CAP FLASHING (E) SKYLIGHTS (E) ABANDONED CURB (E) RTU (E) WOOD TRELLIS (E) SCUPPER & DS (E) GLB BELOW (N) GRAB & GO RTU - FOIO ALTERNATE #3 (N) CONDUIT HOUSING HOOD & OPENING THROUGH ROOF FOR MEAT ROOM & GRAB & GO COMPRESSOR LINES b Ab A A d A A S A TO BE LOCATED IN FIELD BY ARCHITECT REROUTE (E) DS (N) TORCH DOWN ROOFING bl e ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1. (E) ROOF TOP COMPONENTS ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS (N) RTU b bb 4 b 4 A d A A AA — | | | (N) METAL CAP FLASHING (N) METAL SCUPPER & DS MATCH (E) CONNECT TO (E) UNDERGROUND DRAIN LINES FOR DOWNSPOUTS w/ 4" @ SOLID SCHED. 40 PVC (N) MEAT COOLER BELOW - FOIO (N) WALK-IN COOLER BELOW - FOIO (N) WALK-IN FREEZER BELOW - FOIO (N) MEAT COOLER RTU - FOIO - LOCATE ABOVE (E) GLB (N) WALK-IN COOLER RTU - FOIO - LOCATE ABOVE (E) GLB (N) WALK-IN FREEZER RTU - FOIO - LOCATE ABOVE (E) GLB (N) SKYLIGHT - EXHAUST NEGAITIVE AIR SYSTEM UP THROUGH ROOF USING THE (N) SKYLIGHT OPENING USE (E) SKYLIGHT FO INTAKE TO NEGATIVE AIR SYSTEM (N) CONDUIT HOUSING HOOD & OPENING THROUGH ROOF FOR WALK-IN FREEZER & COOLER COMPRESSOR LINES TO BE LOCATED IN FIELD BY ARCHITECT REMOVE (E) SCUPPER & DS Sy ID ECGCEIVE JUN 14 201] BLDIo-1IS& CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND DSD | I —<a25) INSTALL (N) METAL ROOF CURB I FOR STEAM HOOD EXHAUST FAN & MOTORIZED DAMPER. PROVIDE ELEC. POWER TO DAMPER & FAN. CURB, FAN, DAMPER, DUCTING & WEATHER HOOD NIC. SEE DETAIL 4/A2.3. INSTALL (N) METAL ROOF CURB STEAM HOOD MAKE-UP AIR SUPPLY. DUCTING & WEATHER HOOD NIC. SEE DETAIL 4/A2.3. po t c c cc c ce ce c e JAMES R WILLIAMS STATE OF WASHINGTON AP R V ' D BY DE S C R I P T I O N AD D E D RO O F CR U B S DA T E 6/ 9 / 2 0 1 1 RE V pS re) ME Qj oa 8 “| 8 d} «nf PL, Fas EO zoe i) aft Ege {lg 205 Wy tmz Sq au 4S ae te: aS ae nal of 3 ib NO ES i: x QO o py ° 0 0 A 0 0 fa o 5 Cz - OO - pe a Q R< o a O x Le il 2 a < ze 5 25] |: Ze :2 -— 3 = za me < - Ei | S O& Q|, 5 o “| 2 CONTRACTOR BID SET A2.3 Sheet # 5 of 25 sheets Job Number PT SILL PLATE OVER SILL SEALER PAINT FINISH - MATCH (E) PT OR CEDAR BEVEL SIDING GALV. SHEET METAL SCREWS w/ NEOPRENE WASHERS @ 1'6" 0.C. CONTINUOUS CLEAT TORCH DOWN ROOFING EXTEND UP PARAPET, OVER TOP FREEZER WALL T 20 GA GALV —e PAINTED MDO PLYWOOD ee COE NDS PLYWOOD METAL FLASHING : TRIM w/ RABBET PAINT FINISH eyir a. @ BOTTOM FOR SIDING R-38 RIGID INSULATION —— (N) METAL SCUPPER & DS MATCH (E) >_< 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD ———<— 7 CONNECT TO (E) UNDERGROUND (2) #5 BARS ee 4 —) TRUSSJOIST Tul L65 — DRAIN LINES FOR DOWNSPOUTS CONTINUOUS ie JOISTS @ 2-0" 0.C. Ga w/ 4" @ SOLID SCHED. 40 PVC R-10 STYROFOAM “SE” ! LF = FROM DOWNSPOUTS RIGID INSULATION PT2x AROUND PERIMETER | I KN ——— w/ CEMENTITIOUS COATING @ Mal VE ! — — FINISH GRADE BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 4" CONC. SLAB w/ #4 BARS | — Se : —_ @) #5 BARS CONTINUOUS @ 1-00. EA Why ! | — Scien = R-ORIGIDINSULATION =| 4" PVC SHOWER DRAIN N—\b fF sialecateletetatatelelelatateleet ie 4" CONC. SLAB w/ #4 BARS celeaieiaeie | a, @ 1'-0" 0.C. EA WAY a I — : ————n aN = sae == KN a NN SERRE a aS | — a — + eatatc te tetatatc hehe tasts) I I a ee ann ane I wn a A. | = _— cere) S| a Fe ee _> R a a fo | “— oe grasa at am MD Lh 3 iT 7 HT | (fa JA TWO LAYERS ; : \ BES een ; | |-—_] =. N 2 | | bi , 30# FELT ee aa * | —— —_—— | | —_ A. BE : | si - ei | LY ——— [7] Ga ——+ | | | | ." a 4, | 7 4 a i Po @ 4 a @. 4 + | ae ns PAP CPP EP PP ED PPE PFPA ACEP RPL o | | | ap : : _ + Ian Pen! 2x12 WOOD LEDGER <_ he ——} = a ——— a. 4): Be $ y——_}: w/ (3) 16 D NAILS @ EA. STUD a J : “UL Begs | w/ SOLID BLOCKING BELOW :| aD | Pil « | el Be 6MILVB _ =} || — | BR | Z| | Ga“ :| a LT | ieee “i | i — aa nated coe eX __4" PEA GRAVEL i =| | —__} (| =<] | (N) 20 GA METAL FLASHING LL | a eee => = on allen *. o| | 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT {/—<_)|| uP 6" BEHIND 30 # FELT oa . : |" ” : | _— | | | | - |s * ; ee | |PEA GRAVEL cepnretes =| | TYPE "X" GWB w/ VB PAINT ; — ee TORCH DOWN inne 4 4 ah a 4 || | | | | | hoe At AS a 6" CONC. FOUNDATION WALL ! 2'-0" e ecae ca nace A, -~|—* | | > ee cree | | 7 | | | — ya wen wale . >» Cone. Eee eaeereenrmenns FY w/F.O. (E) SHEATHING I = Aas ___a_"a_"_a bo . = 4" SCHED 80 PVC SWING CHECK VALVE rE Str | + 3/4" @ WASHED ES eee I w/ FILTER "BOTTOM COVER" DEMO (E) METAL CAP FLASHING SS DRAIN ROCK \ ‘ #5 BARS CONTINUOUS i WRAP FILTER w/ FILTER FABRIC i 1 ee | AMERICAN VALVE P420S (E) TORCH DOWN ROOFING AH ALS ALTERNATE #2 4" @ SCHED 40 PERF. FDN. 5" 3" 3" 8" 4 ae 3" | 1 | " » DRAIN - HOLES DOWN —o—9—_ oo | ; DEMO (E) SHINGLE SIDING iE CONNECT TO (E) /)| : (3 DETAIL TO EXPOSE (E) SHEATHING el : | 6" 6" 6" (6 DETAIL ___ — | \Q3.2/ Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" (N) 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE i: —- - $ — ! \a3.2/ Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0 ! RESISTANT GWB w/ VB PAINT i: 1-0" - — ! NOTE: PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS lee isle rence 1 oo (5 DETAIL (aN DETAIL cecil atl ll a ol ip ppl 4 FOR ALL FLASHING DETAILS Fp h \Q3.2 Scale: 1 1/2"= 1'-0" \Q3.2/ Scale: 1 1/2"= 1'-0" (N) FRP PANELS & CAP TRIM 7 ———— SET IN SEALANT @ PERIMETER ; & @"H" CHANNELS @ JOINTS (TYP) — FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN — SEE 4/A3.2 8'-6" TO T.O. SLAB | Ga~ \ ((2~_DETAIL \Q3.2/ Scale: 11/2" = 1-0" FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN ELSE SEE 3/A3.2 & 4/A3.2 a ECORUET PRINS. i i a inna RE we ax TAPERED R-38 RIGID INSULATION INSULATION & SHEATHING f SLOPE TO DRAIN TO (N) SCUPPER \A3.3/ PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS Finan *, [| | ! { S 7.0. WALL _| (4 H @) § I ! A3.2 ! ! co z| 3 nS | : = i | t I 2} S| * ‘mai =e ! +| Ss m als N z 3) ae I I + = 2 ! = | | Possess 4 - le] rH “| 8 1 3 | | fr | | +—= + Wh ! =e (E) METAL CAP FLASHING - LIFT TO ACCOMMODATE i 4 I | | — | : — - ————— — i ! (N) END WALL FLASHING & RE-SECURE ! 1 Wey | ws | | (N) END WALL FLASHING | ae | I l | i | | wail! ! (N) METAL ROOFING ! T.O. JOISTS by | | (N) 5/8" CDX PLYWOOD — I I I 1 (N) 2x6 WOOD JOISTS @ 2'-0" 0.C. i I J ot _ = (N) RIGID INSULATION ! = } i (N) 5/8" TYPE X MOISTURE Ree ae | | RESISTANT GWB RY RY | \ — HR Rae | t | a a ate l ( | 12 | a ai & Rs | x BY Re ( JUUOU ee ! O RR eae I e = PS | S wT w | TO we we 4s uJ mae eat ._— ee a = = I | a Bw w : | | 7 way nea 2? | | | (N) METAL ! ae a m | = wae PG ve eae WALL TYPE 14 aq —_SIOING aw PS a I 2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 1'-4" 0.C. | : wae po ~ ; REMOVE (E) CEDAR SHINGLES 5/8" TYPE X MOUSTURE RESISTANT 1 J rp RY ene INSTALL (N) 5/8" MOISTURE '—GWB BOTH SIDES w/ VB PAINT FINISH — | = o-— wae Po Ww | W3 RESISTANT GWB & VB PAINT ON INTERIOR. I Ry RY ae | 5/8" CDX PLYWOOD OVER GWB TO EXT. on a we S 1 —R-19 THERMAL INSULATION. — ES Po : a a “1 METAL SIDING OVER 30# FELT LH RY WALK - IN FREEZER Po b | 1 Cy] Rae 3 +| 2 ! ES FOIO Rene ® = ; -—_]} wae neat o oO & I RR Rea +1 ot I ; I Ww W g| * | it | =| | ey Sy a Taal REVO. i | OES RG © (E) CMU WALL BEYOND # BA nae (N) PAINT FINISH I na mee, | RY Rae i | cS, RY Ree | NEw ADDITION ‘ LHR Rae | ADD To EXISTING oy | 1 RY Res PERmit (ROLL FEES) | =| a ow] l Cy EY Rae | | aap | IE ea, Rae I | | HR aa | si ii i i ata tli | eee So ene | | ¢ = ‘ RAY ALIGN T. O. (N) SLAB pt RX w/T. O. (E) SLAB ! ! =| (4 RS 5” RUBBER BASE ! SEE 4/A3.2| | TO. FDN. WALL == ! a2) RS | ! + i Sr] SA 13'-2" SLAB RECESS Ron | om i oa| i I <a | #4 BARS @ 1'-0"0.C = | {| to. sias i 1.0. SIA8 RY jl | | EA. WAY “i: 7 | >| | Jap ss GR REI BRT RAC aS TS SC NPR SR RES | I Rn SC OD RY RY ! | ale ly | a a =] = Bo int NEN RESET ; Se ; oe eee ee — mi = . 2 = ; ” | "| 7° Li ea AAS SR RR RN aot ae RSF RRR ROU IR RO RAR BN GSW unre nD O DADS aR ouarrrenp erences | cS . ae (N) CONC. FOOTINGS ea — ane er ea ob I S| Z| © ST SRR fe ESSEC EOS SSO PRY PCS PA PERE) EST PP eS als w/ (@) #4 BARS CONTINUOUS et ke ee oe Zz | —a os: ae Dd. go... meee eae ihcnaraap ene ear araar anata araerteaanr naar aa aapaar aa eaaa mr eraser earan waaardilijarcarcaraen Ayranranca-aqrasryarany crac argent aa a gg SU OS Sr Wa ge a Ge any Sa ere er ata eee eee! Sates, DW... a ale ||= £ S i z = I [HL a on Psa mt mt at ll ttl tt tt tN mp tt mt mt St Sh mt aN et TE a wig | arta alain ae cascssascee enter se aaa) | HIE wo | 4c 4: pT. O. FOOTING _|_ LSP SCCOC CEC VOCED OCCT CED OCT OED SS C0 eT eer ae re ore are Se's'e's'0'0'00680076e7eseawen 1a de fg |} 9 1 ad i= ||| re re Re I i Carer a 15666666666666 66766666064 BUD A. ied ee : - — com leit wh Bes 1 Pe ANC WOR ELSEE. sotesc so srtesotesctetates: (at cctatatatatatatats MOM) Oe" inn \ fo ae fee Ae | iF 660606.0s ceeeeeet Me 3B 0. FOOTING, JI) sAN ese. ! oe 2 ae tna LJ an | | (Tt SECTION i | a4" = 1-0" \ van i i mi lp ipl titi i na | | 8" | 6" | 6 | 32/ Seale 8 +1'6 N) WORK E) STRUCTURE E) STRUCTURE | Je] | \a3.9/ , { « (N) €) €) { 1'-8" | . (or ——__ Ath AVEC Re se ll STATE OF WASHINGTON S & a. x > fo z Q LU — ft oO fe) ‘od Ww ~ ) S| 8 i [aa z| = | 3 w| a Q| 2 wl © q <| 3 ak<| im i E O} li 5 Oo 4 an oO Lf oo o Q| gaa Pid = 82 ala ine 1 uf ees tig zo 0 | ee a ae : Jl, <2 vals ois so 3 < x : } ow O aa fy Q ‘ a) 8) =e e) 8) eF ae = rer = OO = — x Q B< oO x O x ra} gg < Se} £5 Li Zz ars 2° oF 5 FR WY | > z SS} 3], 2} gz eo | | 3 ox |, = OW Se CONTRACTOR BID SET AS.2. (N) THROUGH WALL SCUPPER & D.S. - MATCH (E) 2'-0" (N) METAL (1 STATE OF WASHINGTON JAMES R WILLIAMS AP R V ' D BY RE V I S E D EQ U I P M E N T NU M B E R DE S C R I P T I O N RE V I S E D EQ U I P M E N T SI Z E OR LA Y O U T AD D E D WH RO O M & RE L O C A T E D WH DE L E T E D EQ U I P M E N T NU M B E R N7 6 DA T E 6/ 7 / 2 0 1 1 6/ 7 / 2 0 1 1 6/ 9 / 2 0 1 1 6/ 7 / 2 0 1 1 L\ L\ A\ IN RE V AM E S J CAP FLASHING \A3.1f e = 8'-1 1" é 24'-0" | 7 a 6 1/2" VALLEY FS = caN PROVIDE TEMPORARY DOOR FOR CONTRACTOR ACCESS | SLOPE B REMOVE DOOR AND FILL IN OPENING AFTER REMOVING (iN DOWN a é \A3.1J DOOR & MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISHES al | 6 ) s| 5 LL VELUX CMA-2533 25.5 X 3 uw S| lS ea ere COMMERCIAL SKYLIGHT (N) METAL <} | os ine CAP FLASHING _ fe) Oo SsuopE i —— iY gil uw} fe DOWN F.O. (N) PLY. l y (N) TORCH (09 | . F.0. (N) GWB DOWN ROOFING 1 , Ho a a y SLOPE \ i <| a i¢p) stink J ! i | ae | boo\ Mt <| ! i ae | Sly y NN (E) TORCH J, acincecerinnisnimteee mastinelal 1A3.4 DOWN ROOFING ! ; (E) CMU PILASTER BELOW PROPERTY LINE} COOLER 3" AIR SPACE FOIO = 4" PANEL == w —= p ELEC. ROOM + 6'-6 1/2" 4" PANEL a = "irae neon Sa a aa ae 4 to TS ; 24a" | sae 12" ! = (E) METAL (E) TORCH \ (E) THROUGH WALL SCUPPER l z bud = —_ CAP FLASHING DOWN ROOFING & D.S. - MODIFY D.S. i | \ = Ny a Y | | aed = | SEE 1/A3.2 ee | ____ DEMO (E) SHINGLE SIDING (N) WORK PARTIAL ROOF PLAN ! ‘ & INSTALL ONE LAYER " wy 32 Y (74 Scale: 1/4" = 1-0" /\_!} peceet ane oed |. QOSRT TYPE xrewe (E22) > ] Fes eosin sats com me aS ee EER FOE CO oR UE N = TRUE PROJECT sir | . 1 “ LA. a zi NORTH NORTH | < = F.O. FRAMING (N) 2-6" x 6'-8" 1 1/2 HOUR | + pa L a i HM DOOR & FRAME =| | (N92) ~ < HARDWARE SET #2 c| | i 7 ~ ALIGN (N) SLAB as | "7 N94 1 iF i eee SHE) SLAB ul e TJI L65 JOISTS @ ERS @ EA. END! Lp RSERS Te dr | I oe | | | pea ] Y2N I: ! + 9-8 5/8" ral 4" PANEL WN + ER " & NUvy, 1 | ; SERVER ROOM j, rar 7 4 x ra PT | ! * z v FLOOR DRAIN a 2x 12 WOOD FRAMING = 1 |S wi SWING CHECK VALVE Fa (V) ALIGNMENT OR (E) FLOOR FREEZER FOR SKYLIGHT 4 | |o one AA <0N 7 wl (N) SLAB PRIOR TO CUTTING ead FOIO | 4 1 |i ‘ee (N) DOOR OPENING - NOTIFY / N 1 3 4 ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES i pA i fa Go grtgeny WATER HEATER 7 | |a | aol | TOBERELOCATED | <n Sta PoofR “ ws BY OWNER-UNDER | (23 <|2 | - / ‘ SEPARATE PERMIT ALIGN (N) SLAB /\ G |< S . = w/ (E) SLAB 15) car | | SO | 8) ee ; | = a oa ! +1 2x12 woop | 3 ml | F.O. (E) CMU LEDGER___|_ fin H ~ | ‘ + Y \ ps @ —_ I a. 2 po n y | I I | | I i | i I I I i i ! 1 i I I I I I I I —* 3 ||), Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0" Licraslecthaciimiteaatecliadinienilia amin W-5 w-4 = il NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN \, \ \ Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0" TRUE PROJECT | (74 Y (N) WORK PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN NORTH NORTH = +34" £3"MIN Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0" nnn aie eeoueEy OUTDOOR DINING SLAB - ALTERNATE #2 NORTH NORTH (iN (iN +238" SECURE (N) FOOTING TO (E) 43.1 (N) CONC. FDN. WALL \A3.3/ O a: w/ (3) #5 BARS 5" INTO (E) FTG. OEMS ESGTING EQUAL. EQUAL. EQUAL + EQUAL, EQUAL oo & 1'-0" INTO (N) FTG. ESS 2 \ : i CRNA, CNA AGN, © fe? eof fe a ee ee ee, > oe Oe ed ee ee --4-1 Wee a by ata iAP te Pia te ht te ree (E) FOOTING Fen) ; o—_9—_-® ee Wee CN SR Se er eee ere aan een eee Ee er | CC = 4 ORR fy © 1 1 J = eae ara Wrath ie ae _ i i] ! for) 7 a ate eg wont rie _~,* f cearg i = my & Call SN Ss Ran | ! Ce Ee eS 4" CONC. SLAB SLAB 1 ' . ie tee eee : : Oo = be Cy hE FFF cm | / : ‘ : w/ #4 BARS @ 4'-0" O eo} 1 1 + —| f + 4' Q" : 6" tH N +i en ue aa A RT WR Re wf ah] SECURE (N) FDN. WALL TO (E) af ech way mE eed ii g PNG GROEN ON, " * i ‘ Pee nae ep ee ee ee ee w/ (2) #5 BARS 5" INTO (E) WALL ! 4/8" \MIDE x 1/2" DEEP | : | a = ' + ~“ t t t : i -o- re eae nena non] si eee J |}: CONTROL JOINTS [ee ry | TT | s haa leletelelele delete tele ete > it. bie E 4/8" \MDE 7 e 77 wf dt Fe x 1/2" DEEP ! < Wu 8'-0" (N) WALL FRP (N) WALK-IN COOLER - FOIO (N) WALK-IN FREEZER & COOLER - FOIO 13'-2" RECESS sud <t— CONTROL > rot 3 "i . - ! " ' " ~ " JOINTS ! ! xt 12'-11" FREE ! : N ale | REE ER SAC 2a TYP. _E Ml (N) EPOXY PAINT - (N) BASE (N) EPOXY PAINT - (N) BASE = ¥ i = < + —? = , ; aa; ! o£ 1 0 1A3.4 4-0" OA3.4 ! m 5 ek eer ae —E : 2/ "|< a. : Hi t ! ol a tL *. _f 5| | @ T d |i | o Pit ! = a a , STN os as : 7 8 pO ! ow wi tio Bae PRD Ena ra BME So ce Se et) eu ee oa TIN WAGES Ce Eo re a SOU al hone cr ES at cS ye a eR a oF A O 1 Siw I i : a) fer ce) cc T : H | e- - > CRAG ee Ca a a fa ——- a>) foe fore ee for fi foe ef a ] _ | = I - 3 atc ae a Ss RIE Bs Ene hn ne 1 1 ei ; SECURE (N) FOOTING TO (E) l I il | = Pete te es an Ne . ¢ ee oa eee eee Vee eee le pie eke ar Py ] 1 (E) FOOTING 1] rd PS SS so ba SOS ~ a ih i i i | yy. ee HS SS SOY sa SS 4 <= bo ; w/ (3) #5 BARS 5" INTO (E) FTG. | : as ee) Grau wen” in 7 “ OAs en UCC ere Curren unUrenas PPP gate OGNGk “J : ' : I & 1'-0" INTO (N) FTG. I ' il re o ees ara ate 4 A oes iw Crna Ulan tt utara ar Una ta are aor 1 | N | 1 il Ww Ly S se NO ay? ie ft f sO a7 ° Ee SS ae “a “4 i ar ae a rare ran “J . 5h hited | i ® : Raab Bnete $< een aS) Feed — ee = = su SN oN ~ ’ be es ee . a ee, Se Te Ys SSS SOS ON OS OY se SN OS HOS so ON oe | enmes es if a eee atta 4—_+_2 si A ea IA AS | <«{%) | 97 Ss as an ae caiamina H 1 | | | +1 erence pened “ \. tree cece, end \ Pete eee eee ce eee ee] toe cece nee ene ene lee +4 foe ee fof ie \ ee ee “oa ’ \ ee en en ee ff ee ee ee eee ee ee ele ee e—— ioe ie el be ee <q 5) eae \, Leta ee rar Perr ar er era Pi a ae eo Lai get DEMO TOP COURSE OF DELAY CUTTING OPENING FOR DOOR SECURE (N) FDN. WALL TO (E) Se bene ne ne bene ne te \. orenenee fend Peet eee oe] Peete ee ee IA aR (E) CMU FDN. WALLS 126 AS LATE AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID OS) eS NIN A) eet Led oe oe Nw |Kagsts be ESS RS He @ (N) DOOR OPENINGS IMPACT ON OPERATION OF KITCHEN & 1'-0" INTO (N) WALL —_ MAINTAIN CLEAR EXIT ce \ — > TOACCOMMODATE (N) SLAB WITH TEMPORARY WALKWAY T i (N) WALK-IN FREEZER} FOIO DURING CONSTRUCTION sin (N) WALL FRP (N) WALL FRP N iY N \ \ (N) EPOXY PAINT - (N) BASE | (N) EPOXY PAINT - (N) BASE R ELEVATION FLAG NOTE (N) WORK PARTIAL FOUNDATION / SLAB PLAN 3A3.4 4A3.4 NOTE: SHELVING & EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FRP TOP CAP SEE SHEETS A3.2 & A3.3 FOR SLAB INSULATION 4" CONC. SLAB SLAB w/ #4 BARS @ 1'-0" 0.C. EA. WAY INTERIOR SLABS TO RECEIVE SURFACE SEALER TRUE PROJECT NORTH NORTH > O) <<) <:) w/ SEALANT BEHIND & INSIDE FRP "H" CHANNEL w/ SEALANT BEHIND & INSIDE FRP OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM w/ SEALANT BEHIND & INSIDE <=) <5) z OO} ph t Ji o 2 yy 8 8 Lb} oo 0 {ma Pig 7S FL a8 pid ze tig 225 WI~ Im 2 $k wu 3 Jy <9? aI or <3 4 q , E o ld O al a 9 0 0 A 0 0 oe FRP INSIDE CORNER TRIM w/ SEALANT BEHIND & INSIDE FRP EDGE TRIM w/ SEALANT BEHIND & INSIDE QO. a2 rer OO " ~ @ x Q Re oA O x Lee i 2 QO o% < z= = Lj az QL s NO IOs =< aes Sax | &F C2 | 8a} w S$ | se] 2 ei | Ye] 3 Of | <E|,s Ed CONTRACTOR BID SET A4.3 Sheet # 12of 25 sheets LL O Z ‘L L Wd d V SW V I T I I M WI P SW V I T I I M WI P ay e q Aq pe a o i d d y Aq um e i q WO D L S V I W N O I D @ ® S L S W Y I T M I M H I P - TI V W W S LE S ¢ - E E 2 4 - 0 9 6 AN O W d L4 E v - 9 2 2 8 6 VM ‘W V H S N I N T N I A S ‘v 9 Z 0 e xO o g Od SN O I L V A A 1 4 YO l N A L X A MY O M MA N S di O 0 - 0 O D qo o . . WO O U d 94 7 4 OL ON I G I S WL A W Ga q d q v | LL O Z / 6 / 9 2a b 5 s n N 10 a LI H o O S y Sw a n ’ A sa w y JAMES R WILLIAMS STATE OF WASHINGTON NO I S N V d X 4 ?8 NO I L L V A O N A Y dO - O 9 GO O 4 GN A 3 S N M O L LY O d HM Q3 L V 9 0 1 4 e 8 WO O N HM Ga d q v _ | LL 0 2 / 6 / 9 GA Y d V Ag NO I L d I N D S A G al v d Aa d IK 1/A5.2 | og : is 3/A5.1 > @ 1/A5.1 TRUE PROJECT NORTH NORTH LS V / v (N) METAL CORNER FLASHING (N) METAL END WALL FLASHING (N) METAL CAP FLASHING (N) METAL SIDING ! | | | | T | | S = oa MATCH LINE "A" Lsncintintinie—ataiomiininaieciatiiitin (N) METAL END WALL FLASHING (N) METAL RAKE FLASHING (N) METAL FLASHING PROPERTY LINE oy 1 ; aa TJ 7 | L | | | | 7 | 5 | f | | | | —e es incr cose vow nema as eS mE (N) CONC FOUNDATION (N) METAL SCUPPER & DS MATCH (E) CONNECT TO (E) UNDERGROUND DRAIN LINES FOR DOWNSPOUTS g q > oO oO ge oO __ _ za Th es ee es ee w+ t = i Ly } Ly LS I} |} ft ] G Ts ee ee Oe ee ee 5 ri a || ms | Ss a io nt be e p Pa p Ee } Po p oJ 7) = | 2 I} Ey EF EL E } EF Ed EF Lg ra n ) su a | < ar = = i rt } EL } EF EF EE Eg a | = L} Lt EF EF EJ EE EE Lg 7 = LY | Ky LF LE LL 3 ° ee ee e ee . Si a = —— s,s a pg Se tT / \ fam ame sane ums we ome ees cone sini sca | = | | l [ | J FINISH - PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO HAVE FACTORY GALVANIZED FOR ALL DETAILS METAL SIDING & FLASHING NOTE: (N) METAL ROOF TO WALL FLASHING (N) METAL END WALL FLASHING (N) METAL SIDING i i On | TO | | |] | || 4 Curt I mt 1 { | a I 1 1 LOCI LI Cl Cl LI C1 LI Lu Pri (N) METAL END WALL FLASHING Li | ! | I i a a ae SR ca s ba a ga a pg ey SE ae ey Rt fe t Le d Pe be t of ee d ) be EO OE Le Lo = (N) METAL ROOFING | an — CT | [I L —=— itty Se ee e Se e ee ee ae s ne Fe Si s oe ee Oe m ae s oe ay oe ca e ee a \ | I ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Lit J I ame i eth itt [ [| | zm oe Va g : ee | (N) MDO PLYWOOD TRIM (N) CEDAR SHINGLES fo f ff P+ RY EY RY e+ -4 [L Y Se ee ee e ee ee ee ee a (N) CONC. FOUNDATION i [I | al | al | Lf] | [fi] [ en leslccl | [| | L_] [ [| | LI | [| | LI | ‘a ea [fi {[] [T LTT] LI a at L~ L. ik . a4 = 8 yt ontt SS ee ee ee ee ee ee ee I = | = L tT Ty TT il LU LI til Litt | | fT Tit ClITITITI1I LITLELCLIIIe CIIlIIIttii LLILECCLOLeen ei a ae ee a a Sa a a (E) TO REMAIN UNCHANGED : (N) METAL FLASHING CTTITTI CYCLI CULIce none PCC née [l111 LITCLCCeI [LILI LTITTI Ort [TIT CT FIrTr SOeerrrs Tl T11 Petree rt aoe [IIT LICCICTI LT it LILI LTT IT - (N) CONSTRUCTION - BASE BID ETT ity ff CITITN [TIL 1 chepilcclsiel-lnglocshenl tacky (E) TO REMAIN UNCHANGED (N) CONSTRUCTION - BASE BID I im a im Ul im LI a LL + TT ia Tl [] LITT TIT I ay ce Ke Da SS ee ee ee ee Se ee e ee e ee ee ee ee ee ne ee ee ee ee ee +— | = Po l ac d fo t be e t fe a r od be d ee BS Ld Le ae ee aa y ee ee Se ee e ee ae s Ce —+- — — — — — — — — — LL I \ l l Til | ] I ag! 1 iT iT Se IL LI | CTI Prt cl | [ J | Lf] Cl eo Ut EEE | Teese tt to LITTIITOECILtIliiti CILICLITITUICCI LITTIITILILITII ECCILELPILII tre Lijit TT tt fT TT tT Te Cc q HS Ico a [LU {1 TL | Tito fit! Ard Atl Ea ier Dron cr l | 1 oft Lr] TAC LC C7 | | NN (N) CONC. FDN. WALLS & FOOTINGS \ | a ER LAN Te tt tT eT te a ot LWCLITITITITiqti. COWITCITI ITI oor th cr cm oe Sg se ae eee a ro A ie AN SC i at C1 yi rT Pi Ty C1 if \ [I | ee LI TH 1 i 1 | I a H I | | i | | = e 4/A5.2 (N) METAL SCUPPER & DS MATCH (E) CONNECT TO (E) UNDERGROUND DRAIN LINES FOR DOWNSPOUTS w/ 4" @ SOLID SCHED. 40 PVC (N) METAL END WALL FLASHING pe (N) METAL RAKE FLASHING (N) METAL SIDING (N) METAL SCUPPER & DS MATCH (E) CONNECT TO (E) UNDERGROUND DRAIN LINES FOR DOWNSPOUTS w/ 4" @ SOLID SCHED. 40 PVC oT [ J] [| | | [yt] TT [| [ fT |] Lt | | | [ ; | | |_| LITT TTT I CLE °c" ALTERNATE #2 - (N) DINING SLAB & FOOTING ke g de e Gu y sh e Ga ee ae Se = = 1 = = = — — — a a Se ee 2 ae — _ -— — } t- — — t- — — | t— + t— — 4 }~ — } b— — ] | | ee eS ee a a Ek es Os og Se Se e ae oe — — }— - 4 — = — = | — +— 4 t— — a — — = }— _ _ 4 — — ee ee Se ee ee e _ || __ | eS ee ee ee e ee e oe ee ee ee em s —— - -— — — 1 -— — 4 t— + }+ } — — — + +- - - — 4 ee e ee e ee ee i] zx a Pe t rE RL HO W OW OW OW EE aa HL LL HH LL = = ie e e | = | “™ , Pp oF be Be be ee be bo be e fa ZN . HO H E Ee e 4 -4 IL Pa iy Pa EH HH EH | mm m ) Z ry y | * PP L E EA | |_ _ 4 h | | \ LO L I LL L H_ | ij | be a d = Lt +4 PR R WH OH OH HH HT = a ji ey KY 4 ea a iv a ) Lu i 7) iy r | <x E rh oO ro = Pe a iy i id ga m a. SS Ee ee ee Ht } rr eo ma gg = < | ee e | if , _| —~ —? LT T E AE H Oo i “) e i. PE R E EH EE EL H © = = il —| + [4 4 ET ty ty Ly ty tT ty ft tt ff 5 4 i ul l | | L. | | Q KT Fy HH OL E H HH A aw }— _ w RR L LF A LF F _I F H a a ) | ry tt Pd fF 4 | oT 4 z Ra ee he t e t te t a t e t s fa t e i e 5 u c — =p f= a i oe + Fa to Fo <x PE E L E i ig PP L E LL L P x : CH C E C H C E C E C E C E C E C E C E E 3) PP Ly LL P LP LP L S ; Ar e e ee Z oh 2 = d | He s TL S HL H HH Hf +S + H H H H E >| = ; CR E E EC A C C EE E EL H | =] Pm re Fe FS et oe xt uu q fe e 4 - - t = ES = = = |_ | _ | | i = Zz ‘i i He EY Aa ee e r im a | ol be a d tt t to er 4 t- - - 4 }- - - - . = fp 4 — — a i iw MH LI WW W WY HS ) q ry P| ty t. | Ly Ld Oo Oo * ee e ee e _— — = rt } Ey EP EF EP Ey Ey Lo a x FL L HH HH HH q uu mr p be d LY ER Y eR be Eg ty Lt } LF q ~w i Pe } Et Ey Ly Ey ] Ly ~ = ~N eI eA re r er eR LJ RH HH IH | N lO I+ EA Hy L4 I} | A lo HE L E a 1 < Y + ~ Be h a | t as = V qi < — NN S A et (o o ) CONTRACTOR BID SET LAD :2.4 Job Number KEY PLAN NO SCALE